WO2021017901A1 - Screen display method and electronic device - Google Patents

Screen display method and electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021017901A1
WO2021017901A1 PCT/CN2020/102794 CN2020102794W WO2021017901A1 WO 2021017901 A1 WO2021017901 A1 WO 2021017901A1 CN 2020102794 W CN2020102794 W CN 2020102794W WO 2021017901 A1 WO2021017901 A1 WO 2021017901A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
electronic device
application
interface
area
screen
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/102794
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
徐杰
梁好为
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2021017901A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021017901A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0484—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0487—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/14—Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units
    • G06F3/1423—Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units controlling a plurality of local displays, e.g. CRT and flat panel display
    • G06F3/1431—Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units controlling a plurality of local displays, e.g. CRT and flat panel display using a single graphics controller

Definitions

  • This application relates to the technical field of electronic equipment, and in particular to a screen display method and electronic equipment.
  • Folding screen mobile phones are popular with users and become more and more popular due to their large screen and easy portability.
  • the folding screen mobile phone has a larger screen in the unfolded form, which not only brings a better viewing experience to the user, but also brings inconvenience to the user to operate the mobile phone.
  • a user reads an e-book on the screen in an expanded form, if he needs to show a payment code to make a payment, he needs to exit the currently running e-book application and then open the payment application.
  • the screen is large, and it is less convenient for users to exit the current application and start another application.
  • split-screen mode in the scene of showing a specific page to others such as showing a payment code, holding a large screen to present the specific page, the action is indecent, and the content on other screens is exposed, which exposes privacy.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a screen display method and electronic device, which can enable a user to quickly call applications other than the current application, and improve the convenience for the user to operate an electronic device with a folding screen.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a screen display method, which is applied to an electronic device configured with a main screen and an auxiliary screen, the main screen and the auxiliary screen are configured on different sides of the electronic device, and the main screen is A foldable display screen; the method includes: the electronic device displays the running interface of the first application on the main screen, wherein the main screen is in an expanded form; when the main screen is converted from an expanded form to a half-folded form, The electronic device displays the second application on the auxiliary screen.
  • the method further includes: while or after the electronic device displays the second application on the auxiliary screen, the electronic device The running interface of the first application is displayed on the main screen.
  • the foreground running state of the first application can be maintained at the same time or after the second application is displayed, so that it is convenient for the user to continue the task of the first application after the task of the second application ends.
  • the electronic device displaying the second application on the auxiliary screen is specifically: displaying the second application on the auxiliary screen icon.
  • the icon of the second application can be displayed on the auxiliary screen to reduce the occupation of the second application’s display space on the auxiliary screen, and when there are multiple second applications, the user can select one of the second applications.
  • the application performs related tasks.
  • the electronic device displaying the first application on the auxiliary screen is specifically: displaying the second application on the auxiliary screen Run the interface.
  • the running interface of the second application can be directly displayed on the auxiliary screen, so that the user can directly perform related tasks, saving user operations.
  • the main screen is a touch screen, and includes a first area and a second area; the method further includes: the electronic device obtains the first area A first touch area of an area and a second touch area of the second area; the electronic device determines whether the first touch area and the second touch area are symmetrical to determine whether the main screen is in a half-folded form .
  • a way to determine whether the main screen is in a half-folded form is provided for developers to choose flexibly according to the situation; and according to whether the touch area of the first area of the main screen and the second area of the main screen are symmetrical, To determine whether the main screen is in a half-folded form, so that when the user is sandwiched between the first area and the second area, the second application can be displayed on the auxiliary screen, which improves the user experience.
  • the main screen includes a first area and a second area; the method further includes: the electronic device acquires the first area and the second area The angle between the two areas; the electronic device determines whether the main screen is in a half-folded form according to the angle between the first area and the second area.
  • a way to determine whether the main screen is in a half-folded form is provided, which can be flexibly selected by the developer according to the situation.
  • the method further includes: when the main screen transitions from the expanded form to the folded form, the electronic device displays the An associated interface of the running interface of the first application, wherein the associated interface includes the second application.
  • the associated interface of the running interface of the first application and the second application can be displayed on the auxiliary screen, the foreground running state of the first application can be maintained, and the display of the first application can be reduced.
  • the second application affects the user's task of the first application.
  • the main screen includes a first area and a second area, wherein the first area is used to display the first area The first part of the interface of the running interface of an application, the second area is used to display the second part of the interface of the running interface of the first application; the associated interface includes: the content of the first part of the interface, or the first part of the interface The content of the two-part interface.
  • the content displayed in the first area or the second area of the main screen can be displayed on the auxiliary screen, which can avoid or reduce the display mode of elements in the content when the related content of the first application is displayed on the auxiliary screen.
  • the change of the arrangement method improves the user's visual experience while maintaining the foreground running state of the first application.
  • the second application is an application associated with a temporary task; the method further includes: the electronic device determines the temporary task; The temporary task determines the second application.
  • the second application is an application associated with the temporary task determined by the electronic device, which realizes the application that can display the temporary task associated with the user on the auxiliary screen, eliminating the need for the user to manually search for the application associated with the temporary task. Improved user experience.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a screen display method, which is applied to an electronic device equipped with a foldable display screen, the foldable display screen includes a first area and a second area; the method includes: said The electronic device displays the running interface of the first application on the foldable display screen, wherein the foldable display screen is in an unfolded configuration; when the foldable display screen is converted from the unfolded configuration to the half-folded configuration, the electronic The device displays the second application on the first area.
  • the electronic device displaying the second application on the first area is specifically: the electronic device displaying the second application in the first area An associated interface of an application running interface, where the associated interface includes the second application.
  • the associated interface of the running interface of the first application and the second application can be displayed in the first area, and the foreground running state of the first application can be maintained, reducing Shows the influence of the second application on the user's task of the first application.
  • the electronic device displaying the running interface of the first application on the foldable display screen includes: the electronic device The first part of the interface of the running interface of the first application is displayed on the first area, and the second part of the interface of the running interface of the first application is displayed on the second area; the associated interface includes: Describes the content of the first part of the interface, or the content of the second part of the interface.
  • the content displayed in the first area or the second area in the unfolded state of the foldable display screen can be displayed on the first area in the half-folded state of the foldable display screen, which can avoid or reduce
  • the display mode or arrangement mode of the elements in the content changes, thereby improving the user's visual experience while maintaining the foreground running state of the first application.
  • the method further includes: when the foldable display screen is transformed from the unfolded form to the folded form, the electronic device is in the first area
  • the associated interface of the running interface of the first application is displayed on the upper side, where the associated interface includes the second application.
  • the associated interface of the running interface of the first application and the second application can be displayed in the first area, and the foreground running state of the first application can be maintained , To reduce the impact of displaying the second application on the user's task of the first application.
  • the electronic device displaying the running interface of the first application on the foldable display screen includes: the electronic device is on the first area The first part of the interface of the running interface of the first application is displayed, and the second part of the interface of the running interface of the first application is displayed on the second area; the associated interface includes: the content of the first part of the interface, Or the content of the second part of the interface.
  • the content displayed in the first area or the second area in the unfolded state of the foldable display screen can be displayed on the first area in the folded state of the foldable display screen, which can avoid or reduce the folding of the foldable display screen.
  • the display mode or arrangement mode of the elements in the content changes, thereby maintaining the foreground running state of the first application and improving the user's visual experience.
  • the second application is an application associated with a temporary task; the method further includes: the electronic device determines the temporary task; The temporary task determines the second application.
  • the second application is an application associated with the temporary task determined by the electronic device, which realizes the application that can display the temporary task associated with the user in the first area, eliminating the need for the user to manually search for the application associated with the temporary task , Improve the user experience.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including a processor, a memory, a main screen, and an auxiliary screen.
  • the main screen and the auxiliary screen are configured on different sides of the electronic device, and the main screen is foldable Display screen;
  • the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and when the electronic device is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the electronic device executes the instructions described in the first aspect method.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including a processor, a memory, and a foldable display screen, the foldable display screen includes a first area and a second area; the memory is used to store computer execution instructions When the electronic device is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the electronic device executes the method described in the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium, the computer storage medium includes computer instructions, and when the computer instructions run on an electronic device, the electronic device executes the method described in the first aspect Or the method described in the second aspect.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product.
  • the program code contained in the computer program product is executed by a processor in an electronic device, it implements the method described in the first aspect or the method described in the second aspect. method.
  • the screen display method and electronic device provided by the embodiments of the application can quickly complete temporary tasks in the folded form of the electronic device without exiting the running interface of the current application, which is convenient for user operations and reduces the risk of user privacy leakage. possibility.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a foldable electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 2a is a schematic front view of the foldable electronic device shown in FIG. 2;
  • Figure 2b is a schematic diagram of the back of the foldable electronic device shown in Figure 2;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a foldable electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 3a is a schematic diagram of the unfolded configuration of the foldable electronic device shown in FIG. 3;
  • FIG. 3b is a schematic diagram of a half-folded configuration of the foldable electronic device shown in FIG. 3;
  • FIG. 3c is a schematic diagram of the folding configuration of the foldable electronic device shown in FIG. 3;
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the software structure of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a screen display method provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 6 is a screen display effect diagram provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 6a is a main screen display effect diagram in an expanded form provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 6b is a display effect diagram of the auxiliary screen in a half-folded form according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 6c is a display effect diagram of an auxiliary screen in a half-folded form according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a screen display method provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 8 is a screen display effect diagram provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 8a is a main screen display effect diagram in an expanded form according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 8b is a display effect diagram of an auxiliary screen in a folded form according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart of a screen display method provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 10 is a screen display effect diagram provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • 10a is a display effect diagram of a foldable display screen in an unfolded form provided by an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 10b is a display effect diagram of area B of a foldable display screen in a folded form according to an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart of a screen display method provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart of a screen display method provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart of a screen display method provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • first and second are only used for descriptive purposes, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of indicated technical features. Thus, the features defined with “first” and “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features.
  • the terms “including”, “including”, “having” and their variations all mean “including but not limited to” unless otherwise specifically emphasized.
  • the screen display method of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to electronic equipment.
  • the electronic device can be a portable electronic device such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wearable device, and a laptop computer (laptop).
  • portable electronic devices include, but are not limited to, portable electronic devices equipped with iOS, android, microsoft or other operating systems.
  • the aforementioned portable electronic device may also be other portable electronic devices, such as a laptop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (such as a touch panel).
  • the electronic device may not be a portable electronic device, but a desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (such as a touch panel).
  • the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the type of electronic device.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, and an antenna 2.
  • Mobile communication module 150 wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, buttons 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, and Subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195, etc.
  • SIM Subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 180 may include pressure sensor 180A, gyroscope sensor 180B, air pressure sensor 180C, magnetic sensor 180D, acceleration sensor 180E, distance sensor 180F, proximity light sensor 180G, fingerprint sensor 180H, temperature sensor 180J, touch sensor 180K, ambient light Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
  • the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than shown, or combine certain components, or split certain components, or arrange different components.
  • the illustrated components can be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units.
  • the processor 110 may include an application processor (AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor, ISP), controller, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU), etc.
  • AP application processor
  • modem processor modem processor
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • image signal processor image signal processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller video codec
  • digital signal processor digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • NPU neural-network processing unit
  • the different processing units may be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
  • the controller can generate operation control signals according to the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
  • a memory may also be provided in the processor 110 to store instructions and data.
  • the memory in the processor 110 is a cache memory.
  • the memory can store instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be directly called from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided, the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, and the efficiency of the system is improved.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (PCM) interface, and a universal asynchronous transmitter receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and / Or Universal Serial Bus (USB) interface, etc.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous transmitter receiver/transmitter
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input/output
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB Universal Serial Bus
  • the I2C interface is a two-way synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (SDA) and a serial clock line (SCL).
  • the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses.
  • the processor 110 may be coupled to the touch sensor 180K, charger, flash, camera 193, etc. through different I2C bus interfaces.
  • the processor 110 may couple the touch sensor 180K through an I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through an I2C bus interface to implement the touch function of the electronic device 100.
  • the I2S interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses.
  • the processor 110 may be coupled with the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to realize communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170.
  • the audio module 170 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through an I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through a Bluetooth headset.
  • the PCM interface can also be used for audio communication to sample, quantize and encode analog signals.
  • the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface.
  • the audio module 170 may also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication.
  • the bus can be a two-way communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication.
  • the UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 110 and the wireless communication module 160.
  • the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to implement the Bluetooth function.
  • the audio module 170 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through a UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through a Bluetooth headset.
  • the MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the display screen 194, the camera 193 and other peripheral devices.
  • the MIPI interface includes camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), display serial interface (display serial interface, DSI), etc.
  • the processor 110 and the camera 193 communicate through a CSI interface to implement the shooting function of the electronic device 100.
  • the processor 110 and the display screen 194 communicate through a DSI interface to realize the display function of the electronic device 100.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured through software.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal.
  • the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193, the display screen 194, the wireless communication module 160, the audio module 170, the sensor module 180, and so on.
  • GPIO interface can also be configured as I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
  • the USB interface 130 is an interface that complies with the USB standard specification, and specifically may be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and so on.
  • the USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 100, and can also be used to transfer data between the electronic device 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones and play audio through the headphones. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
  • the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention is merely a schematic description, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection modes in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection modes.
  • the charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger.
  • the charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the charging management module 140 may receive the charging input of the wired charger through the USB interface 130.
  • the charging management module 140 may receive the wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100. While the charging management module 140 charges the battery 142, it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 141.
  • the power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110.
  • the power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the display screen 194, the camera 193, and the wireless communication module 160.
  • the power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance).
  • the power management module 141 may also be provided in the processor 110.
  • the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be provided in the same device.
  • the wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor, and the baseband processor.
  • the antenna 1 and the antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in the electronic device 100 can be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization.
  • antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network.
  • the antenna can be used in combination with a tuning switch.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G and the like applied to the electronic device 100.
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), and so on.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves by the antenna 1, and perform processing such as filtering, amplifying and transmitting the received electromagnetic waves to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor, and convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation via the antenna 1.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
  • the modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the low-frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor and then passed to the application processor.
  • the application processor outputs a sound signal through an audio device (not limited to the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, etc.), or displays an image or video through the display screen 194.
  • the modem processor may be an independent device.
  • the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110 and be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), and global navigation satellites.
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • BT wireless fidelity
  • GNSS global navigation satellite system
  • FM frequency modulation
  • NFC near field communication technology
  • infrared technology infrared, IR
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2, frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110, perform frequency modulation, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic wave radiation via the antenna 2.
  • the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled with the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled with the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the wireless communication technologies may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc.
  • the GNSS may include global positioning system (GPS), global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite-based augmentation systems (SBAS).
  • GPS global positioning system
  • GLONASS global navigation satellite system
  • BDS Beidou navigation satellite system
  • QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
  • SBAS satellite-based augmentation systems
  • the electronic device 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, and an application processor.
  • the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, connected to the display 194 and the application processor.
  • the GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more GPUs, which execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
  • the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, etc.
  • the display screen 194 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can adopt liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (OLED), active matrix organic light-emitting diode or active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light-emitting diode).
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • OLED organic light-emitting diode
  • active-matrix organic light-emitting diode active-matrix organic light-emitting diode
  • AMOLED flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (QLED), etc.
  • the electronic device 100 may include one or N display screens 194, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
  • the display screen 194 when the display panel uses OLED, AMOLED, FLED and other materials, the display screen 194 may be bent, that is, the electronic device 100 may be configured with a foldable display screen.
  • the display screen 194 can be bent means that the display screen can be bent to any angle at a fixed part or any part, and can be maintained at that angle.
  • the foldable display has two modes: unfolded state and folded state. Among them, when the bending angle formed when the foldable display is bent is greater than the preset value, it can be regarded as being in the unfolded state, and when the bending angle formed when the foldable display is bent is less than the preset value, it can be regarded as being in the folded state.
  • the preset value can be defined in advance, for example, it can be 90 degrees, 80 degrees, and so on.
  • the bending angle may refer to the angle formed at the bending position on the side of the foldable screen not used for displaying content.
  • an angle sensor may be provided at the bending position of the foldable display screen, and the electronic device can detect the bending angle through the angle sensor, and can determine whether the foldable display screen is in the unfolded state according to the bending angle. Or folded state.
  • the user interface provided by the operating system of the electronic device can be displayed in full screen.
  • the full-screen display user interface can mean that the user interface occupies the entire display area of the foldable display screen, or it can mean that the user interface occupies most of the display area of the display screen, for example, when the foldable display screen is a special-shaped cut screen (Notch screen) ,
  • the user interface is displayed in the middle part of the special-shaped cutting screen, and when one or both sides of the edge part are black, it can also be regarded as the foldable display screen displaying the user interface in full screen.
  • the electronic device can only display the user interface provided by the operating system on one of the foldable display screens, or it can display on both displays of the foldable display screen
  • the user interface provided by the operating system of the electronic device is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the electronic device may change from displaying the user interface in full screen on the foldable display screen to displaying on one of the foldable display screens.
  • the user interface when the foldable display screen is transformed from the unfolded state to the folded state, the electronic device may change from displaying the user interface in full screen on the foldable display screen to displaying on one of the foldable display screens.
  • the electronic device 100 may be configured with two independent display screens, and the two display screens are located on both sides of the electronic device 100 respectively.
  • the two display screens can have the same configuration or different configurations.
  • the two display screens may use the same or different materials, and may have the same or different screen sizes.
  • one display screen is a 6-inch OLED screen, and the other display screen is a 3.3-inch LCD screen. No restrictions.
  • the electronic device 100 provides two display screens, one of which may be a foldable display screen.
  • the foldable display screen may be called the first screen or the main screen, and the other display screen may be called the second screen or the auxiliary screen.
  • one side of the electronic device 100 has a foldable display screen (main screen) 210.
  • the foldable display screen 210 is a foldable flexible screen.
  • the foldable display screen 210 can be further divided into a first area 211, a second area 212, and a third area 213.
  • the third area 213 is located between the first area 211 and the second area 212.
  • the third area 213 is located at a position corresponding to the bending part of the electronic device 100.
  • the other side of the electronic device 100 has an auxiliary screen 220.
  • the auxiliary screen 220 may be a rigid screen or a flexible screen. When the electronic device 100 is folded, the auxiliary screen 220 does not need to be folded.
  • the auxiliary screen 220 may be arranged on an area opposite to the second area 212, and the auxiliary screen 220 may also be arranged on an area opposite to the first area 211.
  • the electronic device 100 can present at least three physical forms: an expanded form, a half-folded form, and a folded form (also called a closed form).
  • the foldable display screen 210 can also present at least three physical forms: an expanded form, a half-folded form, and a folded form.
  • the auxiliary screen 200 presents an expanded form.
  • the electronic device 100 in the unfolded configuration can be folded toward the direction in which the first area 211 and the second area 212 face each other.
  • the first area 211 and the third area 212 face each other.
  • the foldable display 210 when the electronic device 100 is in the unfolded form, the foldable display 210 is in the unfolded form, the angle formed by the first area 211 and the second area 212 is the first angle. ⁇ 1 ⁇ first angle ⁇ 180 degrees. 90 degrees ⁇ 1 ⁇ 180 degrees, for example, ⁇ 1 may be 90 degrees.
  • the angle formed by the first area 211 and the second area 212 is the second angle.
  • ⁇ 3 may be 0 degrees
  • ⁇ 2 may be 90 degrees.
  • the angle formed by the first area 211 and the second area 212 is the third angle. 0 degree ⁇ third angle ⁇ 6. 0 ⁇ 6 ⁇ 90 degrees. Specifically, ⁇ 6 can be 0 degrees or 90 degrees.
  • the electronic device 100 may be configured with an independent foldable display screen.
  • the electronic device 100 has a foldable display screen 300.
  • the foldable display screen 300 can be divided into an A area 301, a B area 302, and a C area 303.
  • the foldable display screen 300 can present at least three physical forms: an expanded form, a half-folded form, and a folded form.
  • the electronic device 100 in the unfolded form can be folded, and the folding direction can be a direction away from the A area 301 and the B area 302.
  • the direction facing the area A 301 is opposite to the direction facing the area B 302. That is, when the electronic device 100 is in a folded configuration, the A area 301 and the B area 302 respectively form two outer sides of the electronic device 100.
  • the A area 301 and the B area 302 may independently display content, or one of them may be in a black screen state and the other may display content.
  • the electronic device 100 can implement a shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, and an application processor.
  • the ISP is used to process the data fed back from the camera 193. For example, when taking a picture, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing and conversion into an image visible to the naked eye.
  • ISP can also optimize the image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene.
  • the ISP may be provided in the camera 193.
  • the camera 193 is used to capture still images or videos.
  • the object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats.
  • the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects the frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
  • Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • the electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in a variety of encoding formats, such as: moving picture experts group (MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, and so on.
  • MPEG moving picture experts group
  • NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor.
  • NN neural-network
  • the NPU can realize applications such as intelligent cognition of the electronic device 100, such as image recognition, face recognition, voice recognition, text understanding, and so on.
  • the external memory interface 120 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to realize the data storage function. For example, save music, video and other files in an external memory card.
  • the internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, where the executable program code includes instructions.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a storage program area and a storage data area.
  • the storage program area can store an operating system, at least one application program (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) required by at least one function.
  • the data storage area can store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the electronic device 100.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash storage (UFS), etc.
  • the processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 by running instructions stored in the internal memory 121 and/or instructions stored in a memory provided in the processor.
  • the electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170, the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the earphone interface 170D, and the application processor. For example, music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into an analog audio signal for output, and is also used to convert an analog audio input into a digital audio signal.
  • the audio module 170 can also be used to encode and decode audio signals.
  • the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110, or part of the functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110.
  • the speaker 170A also called a “speaker” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the electronic device 100 can listen to music through the speaker 170A, or listen to a hands-free call.
  • the receiver 170B also called “earpiece” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the electronic device 100 answers a call or voice message, it can receive the voice by bringing the receiver 170B close to the human ear.
  • the microphone 170C also called “microphone”, “microphone”, is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
  • the user can approach the microphone 170C through the mouth to make a sound, and input the sound signal to the microphone 170C.
  • the electronic device 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which can implement noise reduction functions in addition to collecting sound signals. In some other embodiments, the electronic device 100 can also be provided with three, four or more microphones 170C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and realize directional recording functions.
  • the earphone interface 170D is used to connect wired earphones.
  • the earphone interface 170D may be a USB interface 130, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, or a cellular telecommunications industry association (cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA, CTIA) standard interface.
  • OMTP open mobile terminal platform
  • CTIA cellular telecommunications industry association
  • the pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and can convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal.
  • the pressure sensor 180A may be provided on the display screen 194.
  • the capacitive pressure sensor may include at least two parallel plates with conductive material. When a force is applied to the pressure sensor 180A, the capacitance between the electrodes changes.
  • the electronic device 100 determines the intensity of the pressure according to the change in capacitance.
  • the electronic device 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A.
  • the electronic device 100 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A.
  • touch operations that act on the same touch location but have different touch operation strengths may correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation whose intensity of the touch operation is less than the first pressure threshold is applied to the short message application icon, an instruction to view the short message is executed. When a touch operation with a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to create a new short message is executed.
  • the pressure sensor 180A can detect the detection signal of the user's finger touching the display screen 194 to determine the contact area and the contact area of the finger contacting the display screen 194, thereby determining whether the finger is clamped in the electronic device 100 in the folded configuration. between.
  • the gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the movement posture of the electronic device 100.
  • the angular velocity of the electronic device 100 around three axes ie, x, y, and z axes
  • the gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization.
  • the gyro sensor 180B detects the shake angle of the electronic device 100, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shake of the electronic device 100 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake.
  • the gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
  • the air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure.
  • the electronic device 100 calculates the altitude based on the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.
  • the magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor.
  • the electronic device 100 can use the magnetic sensor 180D to detect the opening and closing of the flip holster.
  • the electronic device 100 can detect the opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor 180D.
  • features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
  • the acceleration sensor 180E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes). When the electronic device 100 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers and so on.
  • the electronic device 100 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the electronic device 100 can use the distance sensor 180F to measure the distance to achieve fast focusing.
  • the proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector such as a photodiode.
  • the light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode.
  • the electronic device 100 emits infrared light to the outside through the light emitting diode.
  • the electronic device 100 uses a photodiode to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the electronic device 100. When insufficient reflected light is detected, the electronic device 100 can determine that there is no object near the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect that the user holds the electronic device 100 close to the ear to talk, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power.
  • the proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in leather case mode, and the pocket mode will automatically unlock and lock the screen.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense the brightness of the ambient light.
  • the electronic device 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived brightness of the ambient light.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the electronic device 100 is in the pocket to prevent accidental touch.
  • the fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints.
  • the electronic device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to realize fingerprint unlocking, access application locks, fingerprint photographs, fingerprint answering calls, etc.
  • the temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature.
  • the electronic device 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to execute a temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds a threshold value, the electronic device 100 executes to reduce the performance of the processor located near the temperature sensor 180J, so as to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection.
  • the electronic device 100 when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 heats the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the electronic device 100 due to low temperature.
  • the electronic device 100 boosts the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
  • Touch sensor 180K also called “touch device”.
  • the touch sensor 180K may be disposed on the display screen 194, and the touch screen is composed of the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194, which is also called a “touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor 180K is used to detect touch operations acting on or near it.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event.
  • the visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194.
  • the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100, which is different from the position of the display screen 194.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can obtain the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can also contact the human pulse and receive the blood pressure pulse signal.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M may also be provided in the earphone, combined with the bone conduction earphone.
  • the audio module 170 can parse the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vibrating bone block of the voice obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the voice function.
  • the application processor may analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beat signal obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the heart rate detection function.
  • the button 190 includes a power button, a volume button, and so on.
  • the button 190 may be a mechanical button. It can also be a touch button.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive key input, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100.
  • the motor 191 can generate vibration prompts.
  • the motor 191 can be used for incoming call vibration notification, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback.
  • touch operations applied to different applications can correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • Acting on touch operations in different areas of the display screen 194, the motor 191 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • Different application scenarios for example: time reminding, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.
  • the touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
  • the indicator 192 may be an indicator light, which may be used to indicate the charging status, power change, or to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and so on.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is used to connect to the SIM card.
  • the SIM card can be inserted into the SIM card interface 195 or pulled out from the SIM card interface 195 to achieve contact and separation with the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM cards, Micro SIM cards, SIM cards, etc.
  • the same SIM card interface 195 can insert multiple cards at the same time. The types of the multiple cards can be the same or different.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards.
  • the SIM card interface 195 may also be compatible with external memory cards.
  • the electronic device 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as call and data communication.
  • the electronic device 100 adopts an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card.
  • the eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device 100 and cannot be separated from the electronic device 100.
  • the software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a microkernel architecture, a microservice architecture, or a cloud architecture.
  • the embodiment of the present invention takes an Android system with a layered architecture as an example to exemplify the software structure of the electronic device 100.
  • FIG. 4 is a software structure block diagram of an electronic device 100 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Communication between layers through software interface.
  • the Android system is divided into four layers, from top to bottom, the application layer, the application framework layer, the Android runtime and system library, and the kernel layer.
  • the application layer can include a series of application packages.
  • the application package may include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, short message, etc.
  • the application framework layer provides application programming interfaces (application programming interface, API) and programming frameworks for applications in the application layer.
  • the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
  • the application framework layer can include a window manager, a content provider, a view system, a phone manager, a resource manager, and a notification manager.
  • the window manager is used to manage window programs.
  • the window manager can obtain the size of the display, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, take a screenshot, etc.
  • the content provider is used to store and retrieve data and make these data accessible to applications.
  • the data may include video, image, audio, phone calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone book, etc.
  • the view system includes visual controls, such as controls that display text and controls that display pictures.
  • the view system can be used to build applications.
  • the display interface can be composed of one or more views.
  • a display interface that includes a short message notification icon may include a view that displays text and a view that displays pictures.
  • the phone manager is used to provide the communication function of the electronic device 100. For example, the management of the call status (including connecting, hanging up, etc.).
  • the resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, etc.
  • the notification manager enables the application to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and it can disappear automatically after a short stay without user interaction.
  • the notification manager is used to notify the download completion, message reminder, etc.
  • the notification manager can also be a notification that appears in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of a chart or a scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background, or a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window. For example, text messages are prompted in the status bar, prompt sounds, electronic devices vibrate, and indicator lights flash.
  • Android Runtime includes core libraries and virtual machines. Android runtime is responsible for the scheduling and management of the Android system.
  • the core library consists of two parts: one part is the function functions that the java language needs to call, and the other part is the core library of Android.
  • the application layer and the application framework layer run in a virtual machine.
  • the virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and the application framework layer as binary files.
  • the virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection.
  • the system library can include multiple functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (media libraries), 3D graphics processing library (for example: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (for example: SGL), etc.
  • surface manager surface manager
  • media library media libraries
  • 3D graphics processing library for example: OpenGL ES
  • 2D graphics engine for example: SGL
  • the surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides a combination of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
  • the media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files.
  • the media library can support multiple audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
  • the 3D graphics processing library is used to realize 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, synthesis, and layer processing.
  • the 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
  • the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
  • the kernel layer contains at least display driver, camera driver, audio driver, and sensor driver.
  • the hardware layer may include various sensors, such as angle sensors and pressure sensors involved in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the corresponding hardware interrupt is sent to the kernel layer.
  • the kernel layer processes touch operations into original input events (including touch coordinates, time stamps of touch operations, etc.).
  • the original input events are stored in the kernel layer.
  • the application framework layer obtains the original input event from the kernel layer, and identifies the control corresponding to the input event. Taking the touch operation as a touch click operation, and the control corresponding to the click operation is the control of the camera application icon as an example, the camera application calls the interface of the application framework layer to start the camera application, and then starts the camera driver by calling the kernel layer.
  • the camera 193 captures still images or videos.
  • the embodiment of the application provides a screen display method, which is applied to an electronic device having at least a foldable display screen.
  • the electronic device is converted from the unfolded form to the half-folded or folded form, without having to exit the running interface of the current application displayed on the foldable display screen, the user-oriented small screen is used to recommend applications to the user for completing temporary tasks Or interface.
  • Temporary tasks are tasks that users may currently need to perform, such as scanning payment, scanning inbound stations, checking schedules, checking flight status, checking notification information, checking taxi waiting cards, etc.
  • FIG. 6 includes FIG. 6a, FIG. 6b, and FIG. 6c.
  • the method includes the following steps.
  • step 500a the electronic device is in an expanded state, and its foldable display screen displays the running interface of the current application.
  • the electronic device is in the unfolded form, which is equivalent to its foldable display screen (main screen) in the unfolded form.
  • the foldable display screen 210 thereof can display the running interface of the current application.
  • the current application may be a reading application, such as Huawei reading, QQ reading, etc.
  • the running interface of the current application may be an interface for displaying text or pictures.
  • the current application may be a video playback application, for example, Huawei Video, Tencent Video, etc.
  • the running interface of the current application can be a video screen.
  • the current application may be a picture playback application, such as a picture browser, Meitu Xiuxiu, etc.
  • the application interface of the current application can be a picture.
  • the current application may be a video call application, such as WeChat, QQ, etc.
  • the running interface of the current application may be a video call interface. Wait, I won't list them all here.
  • Step 500b the electronic device determines the temporary task currently needed.
  • the electronic device can obtain the current location, and combine the operations that the user frequently performed when the user is at the current location in history to determine the temporary task currently needed.
  • the current location may be the latitude and longitude information obtained by the electronic device through the GPS receiver.
  • the current location can also be a location identified by specific information.
  • the current location may be the location identified by the characteristic information of the wireless network.
  • the current location may also be a location identified by a near field communication signal transmitted by a device with a near field communication function such as Bluetooth.
  • the electronic device receives the near field communication signal sent by the device, it can be considered to be in the accessory of the device, and then obtain the current position. and many more.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the manner in which the electronic device obtains the current position.
  • the electronic device acquires the current location as location A.
  • Location A can be a coffee shop, shopping mall, breakfast shop, etc. It is known from the user's historical operation record of the electronic device that, whenever the electronic device is at location A in history, the user performs a scan payment. Therefore, the electronic device can determine that the temporary task currently required is the scanning payment.
  • the electronic device acquires the current location as location B.
  • Location B can be a subway station. It can be known from the user's historical operation record of the electronic device that, whenever the electronic device is at location B in history, the user scans and enters the station. The electronic device can determine that the temporary task currently required is the scanning payment.
  • the electronic device acquires the current location as location C.
  • Location C can be an office area. It is known from the user's historical operation record of the electronic device that the user checks the schedule whenever the electronic device is at the location C in history. The electronic device may determine that the temporary task currently needed is to view the schedule.
  • the electronic device acquires the current location as location D.
  • Location D can be the ticket office of the airport. It is known from the user's historical operation record of the electronic device that the user checks the flight status whenever the electronic device is at location D in history. The electronic device can determine that the temporary task currently needed is to check flight status.
  • the electronic device acquires that the current location is location E and the current time is between 7:00-8:00 in the morning.
  • the location E may be the residence of the user. It is known from the user's historical operation record of the electronic device that whenever the electronic device is at the location E in history and between 7:00-8:00 in the morning, the user operates a taxi application (Didi, etc.) to take a taxi. The electronic device can determine that the temporary task currently needed is to check the taxi waiting card.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device receives the information, it can determine the temporary task currently needed. For example, when the electronic device receives the short message, it can determine that the temporary task currently needed is viewing the short message. For another example, when the electronic device receives an instant messaging message (for example, a WeChat message), it can determine that the temporary task currently required is to view the instant messaging message.
  • an instant messaging message for example, a WeChat message
  • the electronic device may determine the temporary task currently required based on the most recent user operation. For example, before the preset time length, a taxi is made through a taxi application (Didi, etc.), it can be determined that the temporary task currently needed can be to check the taxi waiting card.
  • a taxi is made through a taxi application (Didi, etc.)
  • it can be determined that the temporary task currently needed can be to check the taxi waiting card.
  • the electronic device may receive near-field communication signals (such as Bluetooth signals, Wi-Fi signals, NFC signals, etc.), and determine the temporary tasks currently required according to the device characteristic information carried in the near-field communication signals, where ,
  • the device feature information is the feature information used to transmit the near field communication signal. For example, an electronic device receives a Bluetooth signal, and recognizes that the device emitting the Bluetooth signal is a subway gate through the device characteristic information of the Bluetooth signal.
  • Step 502 The electronic device determines the application or page associated with the temporary task.
  • the electronic device After the electronic device determines the temporary task that needs to be completed currently, it can determine the application or page associated with the temporary task.
  • the application associated with the temporary task can be determined according to the temporary task.
  • the application associated with the temporary task is an application that can be used to complete the temporary task. Taking scanning payment as an example, its associated applications can be Alipay, WeChat Pay, Cloud QuickPass, or mobile banking applications, etc. I won’t list them all this time.
  • the electronic device can determine the application associated with the temporary task according to the determination, and further determine the page associated with the temporary task in the associated application.
  • This page can be the running interface of the application associated with the temporary task.
  • the electronic device can determine that the application associated with the scanning payment is a payment application, such as Alipay, Huawei Wallet, etc., and then can further determine that the page associated with the scanning payment is the payment code in the payment application.
  • the electronic device may determine that the application associated with the scanning station is a subway ride-related application, and then may further determine that the page associated with the scanning station is a subway ride code in the subway ride-related application.
  • the application associated with the temporary task may be referred to as the associated application of the temporary task, and the page associated with the temporary task is referred to as the associated page of the temporary task.
  • the associated page is the page of the associated application for completing the temporary task.
  • the electronic device can select any one of the multiple associated applications, and determine the page of the selected associated application for completing the temporary task as the associated page .
  • the electronic device may also determine an associated application from a plurality of associated applications according to preset conditions, and determine a page of the determined associated application for completing the temporary task as an associated page.
  • the preset condition can be the frequency of use, or the application that has been used recently, etc., and we will not list them all this time.
  • step 500a is described first, and then steps 500b and 502 are described, it does not necessarily mean that step 500a is executed before steps 500b and 502.
  • Step 500a can be performed after step 500b and step 502. Taking the temporary task of scanning payment and the location as a coffee shop as an example, after the user enters the coffee shop, the electronic device can perform step 500b and step 502. While the user is waiting for the server to prepare coffee, the user can use the foldable display 210 to read an e-book or watch a video.
  • Step 500a can also be performed before step 500b and step 502. Taking the temporary task of viewing short messages as an example, when the user uses the foldable display 210 to read an e-book, and the electronic device receives the short message, the electronic device can perform steps 500b and 502.
  • Step 504 When the electronic device transitions from the unfolded form to the half-folded form, the electronic device displays the application or page associated with the temporary task on the auxiliary screen.
  • the electronic device can recommend to the user through the auxiliary screen 220 an application or page associated with the temporary task determined by the electronic device.
  • the auxiliary screen 220 faces the user.
  • the user-oriented auxiliary screen 220 may be referred to as a user-oriented small screen.
  • the electronic device may detect the form transition of the electronic device through an angle sensor, and then recommend a temporary task-related application or page to the user through the auxiliary screen 220.
  • the electronic device can The application or page associated with the temporary task is recommended to the user through the auxiliary screen 220.
  • the electronic device can detect the second angle of the included angle between the first area 211 and the second area 212 through an angle sensor. When the second angle is within the preset angle range, the electronic device recommends the temporary task-related application or page to the user.
  • the preset range may be between 0-45 degrees (not including 0 degrees). In an example, the preset range may be between 0 and 30 degrees (excluding 0 degrees). In an example, the preset range may be between 10-30 degrees. Wait, I won't list them all here.
  • the temporary task-related application or page is recommended to the user, and then the related temporary task is performed.
  • the exposure degree of the content displayed by the foldable display screen 210 can be reduced, and the possibility of leaking user privacy is less.
  • the foldable display 210 is a touch display. It is easy to understand that when an object (such as a bar) is sandwiched between the touch display screen in the first area 211 and the touch display screen in the second area 212, the electronic device is in a half-folded configuration, that is, the foldable display screen 210 is in a half-folded configuration. . Therefore, it is possible to determine whether the electronic device is in a half-folded state through an object sandwiched between the touch display screen of the first area 211 and the touch display screen of the second area 212.
  • the contact area with the touch display screen in the first area 211 may be referred to as the first contact area, which is in contact with the second area.
  • the contact area of the touch display screen of 212 may be referred to as a second contact area.
  • the first contact area can be characterized by the first contact area and first contact position of the touch screen of the first area 211
  • the second contact area can be characterized by the second contact area and the second contact area of the touch screen of the second area 212.
  • the second contact position is characterized.
  • the first contact area and the second contact area are symmetrical or substantially symmetrical.
  • the first contact area and the second contact area are defined by the angle between the first area 211 and the second area 212.
  • the bisector is the axis of symmetry and is symmetrical. Therefore, the electronic device can obtain the first contact area and the second contact area, and determine whether the two are symmetrical or substantially symmetrical with the bisector of the angle between the first area 211 and the second area 212 as the symmetry axis. Generally symmetrical, the electronic device is in a half-folded configuration.
  • the electronic device may obtain the first contact area and the first contact position of the finger pressing or touching the first area 211 to obtain the first One contact area.
  • the electronic device can obtain the second contact area and the second contact position of the finger pressing or touching the second area 212 to obtain the second contact area.
  • the electronic device can determine whether the first contact area and the second contact area are symmetrical or substantially symmetrical with the bisector of the angle between the first area 211 and the second area 212 as the symmetry axis. If symmetrical or substantially symmetrical, the electronic The device is in a half-folded configuration.
  • the electronic device recommends a temporary task-related application or page to the user through the auxiliary screen 220.
  • the electronic device recommending a temporary task-related application or page to the user through the auxiliary screen 220 specifically includes displaying an icon of an application for completing the temporary task on the auxiliary screen 220.
  • the electronic device determines the application associated with the temporary task in step 502
  • the electronic device displays the application associated with the temporary task on the auxiliary screen.
  • the electronic device may specifically display the icon of the application on the auxiliary screen.
  • the method further includes: step 506, when the electronic device displays the application associated with the temporary task on the auxiliary screen display, the electronic device receives a first operation for the application associated with the temporary task, and the first operation uses Instruct the electronic device to display the page associated with the temporary task.
  • the user can enter the running interface of the application by clicking on the icon of the application.
  • the home page of the application may be a page associated with the temporary task, and the user clicks on the icon of the application to cause the electronic device to display the page associated with the temporary task on the auxiliary screen 220.
  • the user after entering the running interface of the application, the user performs at least one step of operation to enable the electronic device to display the page associated with the temporary task on the auxiliary screen 220.
  • the page associated with the temporary task described in step 506 is a page determined and displayed according to a user's operation.
  • the temporary task is a scanning payment task as an example. It can be set that there are three payment applications installed on the electronic device: the first payment application, the first payment application, and the third payment application.
  • the electronic device may display on the auxiliary screen 220: a first payment application icon, a first payment application icon, and a third payment application icon.
  • the user can choose to click on the icon of the first payment application, so that the auxiliary screen 220 displays the payment code to perform the scanning payment task.
  • the first payment application, the first payment application, and the third payment application are different payment applications.
  • the first payment application can be Alipay
  • the second payment application can be cloud flash payment
  • the third payment application can be Huawei Wallet.
  • the electronic device recommending the temporary task-related application or page to the user through the auxiliary screen 220 specifically includes displaying the temporary task-related page on the auxiliary screen 220.
  • This page can be the running interface of the application associated with the temporary task.
  • the electronic device may first determine the application associated with the temporary task, and then determine the page (running interface) associated with the temporary task in the application. Taking the temporary task of scanning payment as an example, in step 502, it can be determined that the application associated with the scanning payment is a payment application, such as Alipay, Huawei Wallet, etc., and then the page associated with the scanning payment can be further determined as the payment in the payment application code.
  • the electronic device determines the associated page of the temporary task, in step 504, the electronic device may display the page associated with the temporary task on the auxiliary screen.
  • the related page can be the subway transit code of the subway application.
  • the associated page can be a payment code of a payment application.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device recommends temporary task related information to the user, it does not need to display the associated application icon first, and then display the association according to the user's operation; instead, it directly displays the temporary task associated page through the auxiliary screen 220 to perform the temporary task. ; Thereby saving user operations and improving the efficiency of completing temporary tasks.
  • the foldable display screen can continue to display the running interface of the current application, so that the temporary task After completion, when the user restores the electronic device to the unfolded form, he can continue to watch or browse the running interface of the current application.
  • the foldable display 210 is a touch display.
  • the foldable display 210 may be black when performing temporary tasks. , That is, it is off.
  • the touch components for example, touch sensor, pressure sensor
  • the electronic device can light up the foldable display 210, so that the foldable display 210 continues to display the running interface of the current application.
  • the foldable display screen 210 may be black, that is, in an off state.
  • the angle of the included angle between the first area 211 and the second area 212 can be detected by an angle sensor to identify the form of the electronic device.
  • the angle sensor detects that the electronic device is converted from the half-folded form to the unfolded form, the electronic device can light up the foldable display screen 210 so that the foldable display screen 210 continues to display the running interface of the current application.
  • the foldable display screen is a touch display screen
  • the electronic device recommends the temporary task-related application or page to the user through the auxiliary screen 220, and displays the related page to perform the temporary task
  • the foldable display screen The screen 210 may be black, and its touch component also enters a sleep state, that is, the touch component no longer detects touch signals.
  • the angle sensor detects whether the electronic device is converted from the half-folded form to the unfolded form.
  • Figure 8 includes Figures 8a and 8b.
  • the method includes the following steps.
  • step 700a the electronic device is in an expanded state, and its foldable display screen displays the running interface of the current application.
  • step 500a the electronic device is in an expanded state, and its foldable display screen displays the running interface of the current application.
  • the electronic device is in an unfolded form, relative to its foldable display screen (main screen) in an unfolded form.
  • step 700b the electronic device determines the temporary task currently needed. For details, please refer to the description of step 500b above, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 702 The electronic device determines an application associated with the temporary task. For details, please refer to the introduction of step 502 above, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 704 When the electronic device transitions from the expanded form to the folded form, the electronic device displays the application associated with the temporary task on the auxiliary screen.
  • the auxiliary screen 220 faces the user.
  • the user-oriented auxiliary screen 220 may be referred to as a user-oriented small screen.
  • the electronic device can detect the form change of the electronic device through the angle sensor.
  • the angle sensor detects that the angle between the first area 211 and the second area 212 is converted from the first angle to the third angle
  • the auxiliary The screen 220 recommends applications associated with the temporary task to the user. Specifically, the icon of the application associated with the temporary task may be displayed on the auxiliary screen 220.
  • the electronic device may display the first interface on the auxiliary screen 220 and display the application icon on the first interface.
  • the first interface is an interface related to the running interface of the current application.
  • the icon can be displayed on one side of the first interface.
  • the electronic device may display an application icon in the left area of the first interface.
  • the electronic device may display an application icon in the right area of the first interface.
  • the electronic device may display an application icon on the top side area of the first interface.
  • the electronic device may display an application icon on the bottom side of the first interface.
  • the electronic device may reduce the icons and display them on one side of the first interface in the form of small icons.
  • small icons such as small icons 8b01 and 8b02 may be displayed on the first interface.
  • the small icons such as the small icon 8b01 and the small icon 8b02 are specifically icons obtained by reducing the icons of the corresponding applications.
  • the electronic device may display the application icon on the first interface in the form of a floating layer icon, where the floating layer icon may be designed to be semi-transparent to minimize the influence on the display of the first interface.
  • the first interface may be at least a part of the running interface of the current application on the foldable display screen 210.
  • the electronic device may display the first running interface displayed in the first area 211 in the running interface of the current application displayed on the foldable display screen 210, on the auxiliary screen 220 The first interface is displayed on the screen.
  • the first interface may be the first running interface.
  • the screen size may include the area of the screen, the ratio of the screen width (width) to the height (height), and so on.
  • the electronic device may adjust the arrangement of interface elements and/or interface elements in the first running interface according to the screen size of the auxiliary screen 220 to adapt to The screen size of the auxiliary screen 220.
  • the interface elements can be text, images, etc.
  • the interface elements in the first running interface can be scaled down and displayed on the auxiliary screen 220, or part of the interface elements in the first running interface can be displayed on the On the auxiliary screen 220, the spacing between interface elements may also be reduced and displayed on the auxiliary screen 220.
  • the electronic device may display the first interface on the auxiliary screen 220 according to the second running interface displayed in the second area 212 in the running interface of the current application displayed on the foldable display screen 210.
  • the first interface may be the second running interface.
  • the electronic device may adjust the interface elements and/or the arrangement of the interface elements in the second running interface according to the screen size of the auxiliary screen 220 to adapt to The screen size of the auxiliary screen 220.
  • the electronic device can adjust the interface elements in the running interface of the current application displayed on the foldable display 210 or the arrangement of the interface elements according to the screen size of the auxiliary screen 220 to adapt to the screen size of the auxiliary screen 220 . Then, the adjusted operating interface is displayed on the auxiliary screen 220 as the first interface.
  • the interface elements in the running interface or the arrangement of the interface elements please refer to the introduction of adjusting the first interface of the electronic device above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the foldable display 210 is a touch display.
  • the foldable display 210 may be black when performing temporary tasks. , That is, it is off.
  • the touch components e.g., touch sensor, pressure sensor
  • the touch component detects a touch signal, it indicates that the electronic device is no longer in a folded form, and the electronic device can light up the foldable display 210, so that the foldable display 210 continues to display the running interface of the current application.
  • the foldable display screen 210 may be black, that is, in an off state.
  • the angle of the included angle between the first area 211 and the second area 212 can be detected by an angle sensor to identify the form of the electronic device.
  • the angle sensor detects that the electronic device is converted from the folded form to the half-folded form, or detects that the electronic device is converted from the folded form to the unfolded form, the electronic device can light up the foldable display 210 so that the foldable display 210 continues to display the current The running interface of the application.
  • the foldable display screen is a touch display screen
  • the electronic device recommends the temporary task-related application or page to the user through the auxiliary screen 220, and displays the related page to perform the temporary task
  • the foldable display screen 210 may have a black screen, and its touch components also enter a sleep state.
  • Step 706 The electronic device receives a first operation for the application associated with the temporary task, where the first operation is used to instruct the electronic device to display the page associated with the temporary task.
  • the user can enter the running interface of the application by clicking the icon (or small icon) of the application.
  • the home page of the application may be a page associated with the temporary task, and the user clicks on the icon of the application to cause the electronic device to display the page associated with the temporary task on the auxiliary screen 220.
  • the user after entering the running interface of the application, the user performs at least one step of operation to enable the electronic device to display the page associated with the temporary task on the auxiliary screen 220.
  • the running interface of an application associated with a temporary task includes a back button.
  • the user can click the back button to exit the running interface of the application associated with the temporary task, so that the auxiliary screen 220 displays the first interface again.
  • the foldable display 210 continues to display the running interface of the current application, so that the user can continue to watch or browse the running interface of the current application.
  • Figure 10 includes Figures 10a and 10b.
  • the method includes the following steps.
  • step 900a the electronic device is in an unfolded state, and its foldable display screen displays the running interface of the current application.
  • step 500a please refer to the above description of step 500a, which will not be repeated here.
  • the electronic device is in the unfolded form, which is equivalent to the foldable display screen in the unfolded form.
  • Step 900b the electronic device determines the temporary task currently needed. For details, please refer to the description of step 500b above, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 902 The electronic device determines an application associated with the temporary task. For details, please refer to the introduction of step 502 above, which will not be repeated here.
  • step 904 when the electronic device transitions from the expanded form to the folded form, the electronic device displays the temporary task-related application on the A or B area of the foldable display screen.
  • the A area 301 and the B area 302 are the two outer sides of the electronic device, and the electronic device can be in the A area 301
  • the first interface is displayed on the B area 302, and the application icon is displayed on the first interface.
  • the first interface is an interface related to the running interface of the current application.
  • step 704 For the position of the icon on the first interface, reference may be made to the introduction of step 704 above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the electronic device can detect the form change of the electronic device through an angle sensor.
  • the angle sensor detects that the angle between the A area 301 and the B area 302 is converted from the angle corresponding to the expanded form to the angle corresponding to the folded form
  • the electronic device can display the first interface on the A area 301 or the B area 302 , And display the application icon on the first interface.
  • the electronic device may obtain the third contact area and the third contact position of the user's finger pressing or touching the A area 301, and obtain the fourth contact area and the fourth contact position of the user's finger pressing or touching the B area 302.
  • the electronic device can determine whether the foldable display screen 300 is converted to the folded form according to the third contact area, the third contact position, the fourth contact area, and the fourth contact position, that is, whether the electronic device is converted to the folded form.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device is converted from the unfolded form to the folded form, can obtain the third contact area of the A area 301 and the fourth contact area of the B area 302, and compare the third contact area with the fourth contact area. The size of the area. When the third contact area is smaller than the fourth contact area, the electronic device displays the first interface in the A area 301. When the fourth contact area is smaller than the third contact area, the electronic device displays the first interface in the B area 302.
  • the electronic device can determine whether the area facing the user is the A area 301 or the B area 302 by comparing the third contact area with the fourth contact area of the B area 302.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device transitions from the expanded form to the folded form, displays the first interface in the A area 301 of the foldable display screen, and the B area 302 is blacked out.
  • the first interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed in area A 301 in the expanded form.
  • the B area 302 is blacked out, and the A area 301 continues to display the running interface of the current application, so that the current application can continue to be in a running state, and the information on the B area 302 is prevented from being exposed during temporary tasks. And save energy.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device transitions from the unfolded form to the folded form, displays the first interface in the B area 302 of the foldable display screen, and makes the A area 301 black.
  • the first interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed in area B 302 in the expanded state.
  • the A area 301 is blacked out, and the B area 302 continues to display the running interface of the current application, so that the current application can continue to be in a running state, and when a temporary task is performed, the information on the A area 301 is prevented from being exposed And save energy.
  • the touch components of the screen area in the black screen state can maintain the wake-up state or monitor the state of the touch signal, so that the touch components of the A area 301 and B
  • the touch component of the area 302 can jointly determine whether the electronic device is converted from the folded form to the expanded form (for example, it can be judged whether the A area 301 and the B area 302 respectively receive two strips (for example, the left thumb and the right thumb). If it is touched, it means that the electronic device is converted from the folded form to the expanded form), so that the foldable display screen 300 can continue to display the running interface of the current application.
  • the touch components of the screen area in the black screen state may be in a dormant state and no longer monitor touch signals.
  • the angle of the included angle between the A area 301 and the B area 302 can be monitored by an angle sensor to identify the form of the electronic device.
  • the angle sensor detects that the electronic device is converted from the half-folded form to the unfolded form, the electronic device can light up the A area 301 so that the foldable display screen 300 continues to display the running interface of the current application normally.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device transitions from the expanded form to the folded form, displays the first interface in the B area 302 of the foldable display screen, and the A area 301 may display the second interface.
  • the first interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed in area B 302 in the expanded state.
  • the second interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed in area A 301 in the expanded form, or may be other interfaces (such as a screen saver interface, etc.).
  • the touch components in the A area 301 and the touch components in the B area 302 can jointly determine whether the electronic device is converted from the folded form to the unfolded form, and the angle sensor can also be used to determine whether the electronic device is converted from the folded form to the unfolded form. Expand the form.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device is converted from the expanded form to the folded form, the electronic device may display the first interface in the A area 301 of the foldable display screen, and the B area 302 may display the second interface.
  • the first interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed in area A 301 in the expanded form.
  • the second interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed in area B 302 in the expanded form, or may be other interfaces (such as a screen saver interface, etc.).
  • the touch components in the A area 301 and the touch components in the B area 302 can be used to jointly determine whether the electronic device is converted to the expanded form, or the angle sensor can be used to determine whether the electronic device is converted to the expanded form.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device transitions from the expanded form to the folded form, displays the first interface in the A area 301 of the foldable display screen, and the B area 302 is blacked out.
  • the first interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed on the foldable display screen 300 in the expanded state. That is, the first interface is the interface displayed together in the A area 301, the B area 302, and the C area 303 in the expanded state.
  • the electronic device can adjust the interface elements in the running interface of the current application displayed on the foldable display 300 or the arrangement of the interface elements according to the screen size of the A area 301 to adapt to the screen size of the A area 301 . Then the adjusted operating interface is displayed on the A area 301 as the first interface.
  • the interface elements in the running interface or the arrangement of the interface elements please refer to the introduction of step 704 above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device transitions from the unfolded form to the folded form, displays the first interface in the B area 302 of the foldable display screen, and makes the A area 301 black.
  • the first interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed on the foldable display screen 300 in the expanded state. That is, the first interface is the interface displayed together in the A area 301, the B area 302, and the C area 303 in the expanded state.
  • the electronic device can adjust the interface elements in the running interface of the current application displayed on the foldable display 300 or the arrangement of interface elements according to the screen size of the B area 302 to adapt to the screen size of the B area 302 . Then, the adjusted operating interface is displayed on the B area 302 as the first interface.
  • the interface elements in the running interface or the arrangement of the interface elements please refer to the introduction of step 704 above, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 906 The electronic device receives a first operation for the application associated with the temporary task, where the first operation is used to instruct the electronic device to display the page associated with the temporary task.
  • the user can enter the running interface of the application by clicking the icon (or small icon) of the application.
  • the home page of the application may be a page associated with a temporary task, and the user clicks on the icon of the application to cause the electronic device to display the page associated with the temporary task in area A 301 or area B 302.
  • the user after entering the running interface of the application, the user performs at least one step of operation to enable the electronic device to display the page associated with the temporary task on the A area 301 or the B area 302.
  • the running interface of an application associated with a temporary task includes a back button.
  • the user can click the back button to exit the running interface of the application associated with the temporary task, so that the A area 301 or the B area 302 displays the first interface again.
  • the foldable display screen 300 continues to display the running interface of the current application, so that the user can continue to watch or browse the running interface of the current application.
  • FIG. 3a taking the electronic device shown in FIG. 3a, FIG. 3b, and FIG. 3c as an example, in conjunction with FIG. 11, another screen display method provided by an embodiment of the present application will be introduced.
  • the method includes the following steps.
  • step 1100a the electronic device is in an expanded configuration, and its foldable display screen displays the running interface of the current application.
  • step 500a the electronic device is in an expanded configuration, and its foldable display screen displays the running interface of the current application.
  • the electronic device is in the unfolded form, which is equivalent to its foldable display screen in the unfolded form.
  • Step 1100b the electronic device determines the temporary task currently needed. For details, please refer to the description of step 500b above, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 1102 The electronic device determines an application associated with the temporary task. For details, please refer to the introduction of step 502 above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the electronic device may further determine the page associated with the temporary task, and the page may be an application running interface associated with the determined temporary task. For details, reference may be made to the above description of step 502 in FIG. 5, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 1104 When the electronic device is converted from the unfolded form to the half-folded form, the electronic device displays the temporary task-related application on the A or B area of the foldable display screen.
  • the electronic device can detect the form change of the electronic device through an angle sensor.
  • the angle sensor detects that the angle between the A area 301 and the B area 302 is converted from the angle corresponding to the unfolded form to the angle corresponding to the half-folded form
  • the electronic device can display the temporary task on the A area 301 or the B area 302 Associated applications.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device transitions from the unfolded form to the half-folded form, displays the first interface in area A 301 of the foldable display screen, and displays the temporary task-related application on the first interface, and makes Black screen in area B.
  • the first interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed in area A 301 in the expanded form.
  • the B area 302 is blacked out, and the A area 301 continues to display the running interface of the current application, so that the current application can continue to be in a running state, and the information on the B area 302 is prevented from being exposed during temporary tasks. And save energy.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device transitions from the unfolded form to the half-folded form, displays the first interface in area B 302 of the foldable display screen, and displays the temporary task-related application on the first interface, and Make the A area 301 black.
  • the first interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed in area B 302 in the expanded form.
  • the A area 301 is blacked out, and the B area 302 continues to display the running interface of the current application, so that the current application can continue to be in a running state, and when a temporary task is performed, the information on the A area 301 is prevented from being exposed And save energy.
  • the touch components of the screen area in the black screen state can maintain the wake-up state or monitor the state of the touch signal, so that the touch components of the A area 301 and B
  • the touch component of the area 302 can jointly determine whether the electronic device is converted to the expanded state (for example, it can be determined whether the A area 301 and the B area 302 respectively receive the touch of two bars (such as the left thumb and the right thumb) at the same time, if yes , It means that the electronic device has turned to the expanded state), so that the foldable display screen 300 can continue to display the running interface of the current application.
  • the touch components of the screen area in the black screen state may be in a dormant state and no longer monitor touch signals.
  • the angle of the included angle between the A area 301 and the B area 302 can be monitored by an angle sensor to identify the form of the electronic device.
  • the angle sensor detects that the electronic device is converted from the half-folded form to the unfolded form, the electronic device can light up the A area 301 so that the foldable display screen 300 continues to display the running interface of the current application normally.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device is converted from the unfolded form to the half-folded form, the electronic device may display the first interface in the B area 302 of the foldable display screen, and the A area 301 may display the second interface.
  • the first interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed in area B 302 in the expanded state.
  • the second interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed in area A 301 in the expanded form, or may be other interfaces (such as a screen saver interface, etc.).
  • the touch components in the A area 301 and the touch components in the B area 302 can be used to jointly determine whether the electronic device is converted to the expanded form, or the angle sensor can be used to determine whether the electronic device is converted to the expanded form.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device is converted from the unfolded form to the half-folded form, the electronic device may display the first interface in the A area 301 of the foldable display screen, and the B area 302 may display the second interface.
  • the first interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed in area A 301 in the expanded form.
  • the second interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed in area B 302 in the expanded form, or may be other interfaces (such as a screen saver interface, etc.).
  • the touch components in the A area 301 and the touch components in the B area 302 can be used to jointly determine whether the electronic device is converted to the expanded form, or the angle sensor can be used to determine whether the electronic device is converted to the expanded form.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device transitions from the unfolded form to the half-folded form, displays the first interface in area A 301 of the foldable display screen, and displays the temporary task-related application on the first interface, and makes B area 302 is black.
  • the first interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed on the foldable display screen 300 in the expanded state. That is, the first interface is the interface displayed together in the A area 301, the B area 302, and the C area 303 in the expanded state.
  • the electronic device can adjust the interface elements in the running interface of the current application displayed on the foldable display 300 or the arrangement of the interface elements according to the screen size of the A area 301 to adapt to the screen size of the A area 301 . Then the adjusted operating interface is displayed on the A area 301 as the first interface.
  • the interface elements in the running interface or the arrangement of the interface elements please refer to the introduction of step 704 above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device is converted from the unfolded form to the half-folded form, displays the first interface in area B 302 of the foldable display screen, and displays the temporary task-related application on the first interface, and makes Area A 301 is black.
  • the first interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed on the foldable display screen 300 in the expanded state. That is, the first interface is the interface displayed together in the A area 301, the B area 302, and the C area 303 in the expanded state.
  • the electronic device can adjust the interface elements in the running interface of the current application displayed on the foldable display 300 or the arrangement of interface elements according to the screen size of the B area 302 to adapt to the screen size of the B area 302 . Then, the adjusted operating interface is displayed on the B area 302 as the first interface.
  • the interface elements in the running interface or the arrangement of the interface elements please refer to the introduction of step 704 above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the electronic device displaying the temporary task-associated application on the A or B area of the foldable display screen may be specifically displaying the temporary task-associated page on the A or B area of the foldable display screen.
  • the electronic device displaying the temporary task-associated application on the A or B area of the foldable display screen may be specifically displaying the temporary task-associated icon on the A or B area of the foldable display screen.
  • the icon may be a small icon, and the icon may be on the side of area A or area B.
  • the screen display method may further include: the electronic device receives a first operation for the application associated with the temporary task, and the first operation is used to instruct the electronic device to display the page associated with the temporary task.
  • the user can enter the running interface of the application by clicking the icon (or small icon) of the application.
  • the home page of the application may be a page associated with a temporary task, and the user clicks on the icon of the application to cause the electronic device to display the page associated with the temporary task in area A 301 or area B 302.
  • the user after entering the running interface of the application, the user performs at least one step of operation to enable the electronic device to display the page associated with the temporary task on the A area 301 or the B area 302.
  • the running interface of an application associated with a temporary task includes a back button.
  • the user can click the back button to exit the running interface of the application associated with the temporary task, so that the A area 301 or the B area 302 displays the first interface again.
  • the foldable display screen 300 continues to display the running interface of the current application, so that the user can continue to watch or browse the running interface of the current application.
  • the embodiment of the application provides a screen display method, which is applied to an electronic device configured with a main screen and an auxiliary screen, the main screen and the auxiliary screen are configured on different sides of the electronic device, and the main screen is a foldable display screen .
  • the electronic device reference may be made to the above description of the electronic device shown in FIG. 2a and FIG. 2b, which will not be repeated here.
  • the method includes the following steps.
  • step 1200 the electronic device displays the running interface of the first application on the main screen, wherein the main screen is in an expanded form.
  • step 1200 For details of step 1200, refer to the above description of step 500a in FIG. 5, or refer to the above description of step 700a in FIG. 7, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 1200 When the main screen is converted from the expanded form to the half-folded form, the electronic device displays a second application on the auxiliary screen.
  • step 1200 For details of step 1200, reference may be made to the above description of step 504 in FIG. 5, which will not be repeated here.
  • the method further includes: at the same time or after the electronic device displays the second application on the auxiliary screen, the electronic device displays the information of the first application on the main screen. Run the interface.
  • step 504 in FIG. 5 For these embodiments, reference may be made to the above description of step 504 in FIG. 5, which will not be repeated here.
  • displaying the second application on the auxiliary screen by the electronic device is specifically: displaying an icon of the second application on the auxiliary screen.
  • step 504 in FIG. 5 For these embodiments, reference may be made to the above description of step 504 in FIG. 5, which will not be repeated here.
  • displaying the first application on the auxiliary screen by the electronic device is specifically: displaying the running interface of the second application on the auxiliary screen.
  • step 504 in FIG. 5 For these embodiments, reference may be made to the above description of step 504 in FIG. 5, which will not be repeated here.
  • the main screen is a touch screen and includes a first area and a second area; the method further includes: the electronic device obtains the first touch area and the second area of the first area The second touch area of the area; the electronic device determines whether the first touch area and the second touch area are symmetrical to determine whether the main screen is in a half-folded form.
  • step 504 in FIG. 5 For these embodiments, reference may be made to the above description of step 504 in FIG. 5, which will not be repeated here.
  • the main screen includes a first area and a second area; the method further includes: the electronic device obtains the angle between the first area and the second area; The included angle between the first area and the second area determines whether the main screen is in a half-folded form.
  • step 504 in FIG. 5 For these embodiments, reference may be made to the above description of step 504 in FIG. 5, which will not be repeated here.
  • the method further includes: when the main screen transitions from the expanded form to the folded form, the electronic device displays an associated interface of the running interface of the first application on the auxiliary screen, wherein, The associated interface includes a second application.
  • step 704 in FIG. 7 reference may be made to the description of step 704 in FIG. 7 above, which is not repeated here.
  • the main screen includes a first area and a second area, wherein the first area is used to display the first part of the interface of the running interface of the first application, and the second area is used for In displaying the second part of the interface of the running interface of the first application; the associated interface includes: the content of the first part of the interface or the content of the second part of the interface.
  • step 704 in FIG. 7 reference may be made to the description of step 704 in FIG. 7 above, which is not repeated here.
  • the second application is an application associated with a temporary task; the method further includes: the electronic device determines the temporary task; and the electronic device determines the second application according to the temporary task.
  • steps 500b and 502 in FIG. 5 please refer to the above description of steps 500b and 502 in FIG. 5, or refer to the above description of steps 700b and 702 in FIG. 7, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a screen display method, which is applied to an electronic device equipped with a foldable display screen, and the foldable display screen includes a first area and a second area.
  • the electronic device reference may be made to the above description of the electronic device shown in FIG. 3a, FIG. 3b, and FIG. 3c, which will not be repeated here.
  • the method includes the following steps.
  • step 1300 the electronic device displays the running interface of the first application on the foldable display screen, wherein the foldable display screen is in an unfolded form.
  • step 1300 For details of step 1300, refer to the description of step 900a in FIG. 9 above, or refer to the description of step 1100a in FIG. 11 above, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 1302 When the foldable display screen is converted from the unfolded form to the half-folded form, the electronic device displays a second application on the first area.
  • step 1302 For details of step 1302, reference may be made to the above description of step 1104 in FIG. 11, which will not be repeated here.
  • the display of the second application on the first area by the electronic device is specifically: the electronic device displays an associated interface of the running interface of the first application in the first area, wherein The associated interface includes the second application.
  • step 1104 in FIG. 11 reference may be made to the above description of step 1104 in FIG. 11, which is not repeated here.
  • the electronic device displaying the running interface of the first application on the foldable display screen includes: the electronic device displaying the running interface of the first application on the first area
  • the first part of the interface, the second part of the interface of the running interface of the first application is displayed on the second area;
  • the associated interface includes: the content of the first part of the interface, or the content of the second part of the interface .
  • step 1104 in FIG. 11 reference may be made to the above description of step 1104 in FIG. 11, which is not repeated here.
  • the method further includes: when the foldable display screen is converted from the expanded form to the folded form, the electronic device displays the association of the running interface of the first application on the first area Interface, wherein the associated interface includes a second application.
  • step 904 in FIG. 9 reference may be made to the description of step 904 in FIG. 9 above, which is not repeated here.
  • the electronic device displaying the running interface of the first application on the foldable display screen includes: the electronic device displaying the running interface of the first application on the first area
  • the first part of the interface, the second part of the interface of the running interface of the first application is displayed on the second area;
  • the associated interface includes: the content of the first part of the interface, or the content of the second part of the interface .
  • step 904 in FIG. 9 reference may be made to the description of step 904 in FIG. 9 above, which is not repeated here.
  • the second application is an application associated with a temporary task; the method further includes: the electronic device determines the temporary task; and the electronic device determines the second application according to the temporary task.
  • steps 900b and 902 in FIG. 9 or the above description of steps 1100b and 1102 in FIG. 11, which will not be repeated here.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device. Referring to FIG. 14, it includes a processor 1410, a memory 1420, a main screen 1430, and an auxiliary screen 1440.
  • the main screen 1430 and the auxiliary screen 1440 are configured on different sides of the electronic device.
  • the main screen 1440 is a foldable display screen.
  • the memory 1420 is used to store computer execution instructions.
  • the processor 1410 executes the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 1420, so that the electronic device executes the method shown in FIG. 12 .
  • the electronic device displays the running interface of the first application on the main screen 1430, wherein the main screen 1430 is in an expanded form; when the main screen 1430 is transformed from the expanded form to the half-folded form, the electronic device is The second application is displayed on the auxiliary screen 1440.
  • the terminal further includes a communication bus 1450, wherein the processor 1410 can be connected to the memory 1420, the main screen 1430, and the auxiliary screen 1440 through the communication bus 1450.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device. Referring to FIG. 15, it includes a processor 1510, a memory 1520, and a foldable 1530.
  • the foldable display screen 1530 includes a first area and a second area.
  • the memory 1520 is used to store computer execution instructions.
  • the processor 1510 executes the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 1520, so that the electronic device executes the method shown in FIG. 13 .
  • the electronic device displays the running interface of the first application on the foldable display screen 1530, wherein the foldable display screen 1530 is in the unfolded state; when the foldable display screen 1530 is converted from the unfolded state to half In the folded configuration, the electronic device displays a second application on the first area.
  • the terminal further includes a communication bus 1540, wherein the processor 1510 can be connected to the memory 1520 and the foldable display 1530 through the communication bus 1540.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), or other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), and application specific integrated circuits. (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.
  • the method steps in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by a processor executing software instructions.
  • Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, which can be stored in random access memory (RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable rom) , PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM), register, hard disk, mobile hard disk, CD-ROM or well-known in the art Any other form of storage medium.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor, so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and can write information to the storage medium.
  • the storage medium may also be an integral part of the processor.
  • the processor and the storage medium may be located in the ASIC.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted through the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions can be sent from one website site, computer, server, or data center to another website site via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) , Computer, server or data center for transmission.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Computer Graphics (AREA)
  • User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the present application are a screen display method and an electronic device. The method is applied to an electronic device configured with a primary screen and a secondary screen, wherein the primary screen and the secondary screen are configured on different sides of the electronic device, and the primary screen is a foldable display screen. The method comprises: an electronic device displaying, on a primary screen, an operation interface of a first application, wherein the primary screen is in an unfolded state; and when the primary screen is converted from the unfolded state to a semi-folded state, the electronic device displaying, on a secondary screen, a second application.

Description

一种屏幕显示方法及电子设备Screen display method and electronic equipment
本申请要求于2019年8月1日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910706806.5、申请名称为“一种屏幕显示方法及电子设备”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office on August 1, 2019, the application number is 201910706806.5, and the application name is "a screen display method and electronic equipment", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference in.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及电子设备技术领域，具体涉及一种屏幕显示方法及电子设备。This application relates to the technical field of electronic equipment, and in particular to a screen display method and electronic equipment.
背景技术Background technique
折叠屏手机由于其屏幕大、便于携带等特点，深受用户欢迎，越来越普及。折叠屏手机在展开形态下屏幕较大，在为用户带来较佳观赏体验的同时，也为用户操作手机带来不便。例如，当用户在使用展开形态下的屏幕阅读电子书时，如果需要出示付款码进行支付，则需要退出当前运行的电子书类应用，然后开启支付类应用。屏幕较大，用户退出当前应用、开启另一应用的便捷度较差。Folding screen mobile phones are popular with users and become more and more popular due to their large screen and easy portability. The folding screen mobile phone has a larger screen in the unfolded form, which not only brings a better viewing experience to the user, but also brings inconvenience to the user to operate the mobile phone. For example, when a user reads an e-book on the screen in an expanded form, if he needs to show a payment code to make a payment, he needs to exit the currently running e-book application and then open the payment application. The screen is large, and it is less convenient for users to exit the current application and start another application.
另外，虽然可以使用分屏模式，在出示付款码等向他人展示特定页面的场景下，举着大屏出示该特定页面，动作不雅，并且暴露其他屏上的内容，存在暴露隐私的问题。In addition, although the split-screen mode can be used, in the scene of showing a specific page to others such as showing a payment code, holding a large screen to present the specific page, the action is indecent, and the content on other screens is exposed, which exposes privacy.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供了一种屏幕显示方法及电子设备，可以使用户快捷调用当前应用之外的应用，提高用户操作具有折叠屏电子设备的便利性。The embodiments of the present application provide a screen display method and electronic device, which can enable a user to quickly call applications other than the current application, and improve the convenience for the user to operate an electronic device with a folding screen.
第一方面，本申请实施例提供了一种屏幕显示方法，应用于配置有主屏和辅屏的电子设备，所述主屏和所述辅屏配置于所述电子设备的不同侧，所述主屏为可折叠显示屏；所述方法包括：所述电子设备在所述主屏上显示第一应用的运行界面，其中，所述主屏处于展开形态；当所述主屏从展开形态转换到半折叠形态时，所述电子设备在所述辅屏上显示第二应用。In the first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a screen display method, which is applied to an electronic device configured with a main screen and an auxiliary screen, the main screen and the auxiliary screen are configured on different sides of the electronic device, and the main screen is A foldable display screen; the method includes: the electronic device displays the running interface of the first application on the main screen, wherein the main screen is in an expanded form; when the main screen is converted from an expanded form to a half-folded form, The electronic device displays the second application on the auxiliary screen.
结合第一方面，在第一方面第一种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：在所述电子设备在所述辅屏上显示所述第二应用的同时或之后，所述电子设备在所述主屏上显示所述第一应用的运行界面。With reference to the first aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes: while or after the electronic device displays the second application on the auxiliary screen, the electronic device The running interface of the first application is displayed on the main screen.
在该实现方式中，可以在显示第二应用的同时或之后，维持第一应用的前台运行状态，从而可以实现，当第二应用的任务结束后，方便用户继续进行第一应用的任务。In this implementation manner, the foreground running state of the first application can be maintained at the same time or after the second application is displayed, so that it is convenient for the user to continue the task of the first application after the task of the second application ends.
结合第一方面，在第一方面第二种可能的实现方式中，所述电子设备在所述辅屏上显示所述第二应用具体为：在所述辅屏上显示所述第二应用的图标。With reference to the first aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the electronic device displaying the second application on the auxiliary screen is specifically: displaying the second application on the auxiliary screen icon.
在该实现方式中，可以在辅屏上显示第二应用的图标，以减少第二应用对辅屏显示空间的占用，并且当存在多个第二应用时，可使用户选择其中的一个第二应用进行相关任务。In this implementation, the icon of the second application can be displayed on the auxiliary screen to reduce the occupation of the second application’s display space on the auxiliary screen, and when there are multiple second applications, the user can select one of the second applications. The application performs related tasks.
结合第一方面，在第一方面第三种可能的实现方式中，所述电子设备在所述辅屏上显示所述第一应用具体为：在所述辅屏上显示所述第二应用的运行界面。With reference to the first aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the electronic device displaying the first application on the auxiliary screen is specifically: displaying the second application on the auxiliary screen Run the interface.
在该实现方式中，可以在辅屏直接显示第二应用的运行界面，使得用户可直接进行相关任务，节省了用户操作。In this implementation manner, the running interface of the second application can be directly displayed on the auxiliary screen, so that the user can directly perform related tasks, saving user operations.
结合第一方面，在第一方面第四种可能的实现方式中，所述主屏为触摸显示屏，且包括第一区域和第二区域；所述方法还包括：所述电子设备获取所述第一区域的第一触摸区域和所述第二区域的第二触摸区域；所述电子设备确定所述第一触摸区域和所述第二触摸区域是否对称，以确定所述主屏是否处于半折叠形态。With reference to the first aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the main screen is a touch screen, and includes a first area and a second area; the method further includes: the electronic device obtains the first area A first touch area of an area and a second touch area of the second area; the electronic device determines whether the first touch area and the second touch area are symmetrical to determine whether the main screen is in a half-folded form .
在该实现方式中，提供了一种判断主屏是否处于半折叠形态的方式，可供开发人员根据情况灵活选择；并且可根据主屏第一区域的触摸区域和主屏第二区域的触摸区域是否对称，来判断主屏是否处于半折叠形态，使得当用户夹在第一区域和第二区域之间时，可实现在辅屏显示第二应用，改善了用户体验。In this implementation, a way to determine whether the main screen is in a half-folded form is provided for developers to choose flexibly according to the situation; and according to whether the touch area of the first area of the main screen and the second area of the main screen are symmetrical, To determine whether the main screen is in a half-folded form, so that when the user is sandwiched between the first area and the second area, the second application can be displayed on the auxiliary screen, which improves the user experience.
结合第一方面，在第一方面第五种可能的实现方式中，所述主屏包括第一区域和第二区域；所述方法还包括：所述电子设备获取所述第一区域和所述第二区域的夹角；所述电子设备根据所述第一区域和所述第二区域的夹角，确定所述主屏是否处于半折叠形态。With reference to the first aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the main screen includes a first area and a second area; the method further includes: the electronic device acquires the first area and the second area The angle between the two areas; the electronic device determines whether the main screen is in a half-folded form according to the angle between the first area and the second area.
在该实现方式中，提供了一种判断主屏是否处于半折叠形态的方式，可供开发人员根据情况灵活选择。In this implementation, a way to determine whether the main screen is in a half-folded form is provided, which can be flexibly selected by the developer according to the situation.
结合第一方面，在第一方面第六种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：当所述主屏从展开形态转换到折叠形态时，所述电子设备在所述辅屏上显示所述第一应用的运行界面的关联界面，其中，所述关联界面包括第二应用。With reference to the first aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes: when the main screen transitions from the expanded form to the folded form, the electronic device displays the An associated interface of the running interface of the first application, wherein the associated interface includes the second application.
在该实现方式中，在主屏转到到折叠形态的情况下，可以在辅屏显示第一应用的运行界面的关联界面以及显示第二应用，可维持第一应用的前台运行状态，降低显示第二应用对用户进行第一应用的任务的影响。In this implementation, when the main screen is turned to the folded form, the associated interface of the running interface of the first application and the second application can be displayed on the auxiliary screen, the foreground running state of the first application can be maintained, and the display of the first application can be reduced. The second application affects the user's task of the first application.
结合第一方面第六种可能的实现方式，在第一方面第七种可能的实现方式中，所述主屏包括第一区域和第二区域，其中，所述第一区域用于显示所述第一应用的运行界面的第一部分界面，所述第二区域用于显示所述第一应用的运行界面的第二部分界面；所述关联界面包括：所述第一部分界面的内容，或者所述第二部分界面的内容。With reference to the sixth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the seventh possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the main screen includes a first area and a second area, wherein the first area is used to display the first area The first part of the interface of the running interface of an application, the second area is used to display the second part of the interface of the running interface of the first application; the associated interface includes: the content of the first part of the interface, or the first part of the interface The content of the two-part interface.
在该实现方式中，可以将主屏的第一区域或第二区域显示的内容显示在辅屏上，可以避免或减少在辅屏上显示第一应用的相关内容时，该内容中元素显示方式或排列方式的变化，从而在维持第一应用前台运行状态的同时，改善了用户的视觉体验。In this implementation manner, the content displayed in the first area or the second area of the main screen can be displayed on the auxiliary screen, which can avoid or reduce the display mode of elements in the content when the related content of the first application is displayed on the auxiliary screen. The change of the arrangement method improves the user's visual experience while maintaining the foreground running state of the first application.
结合第一方面，在第一方面第八种可能的实现方式中，所述第二应用为临时任务关联的应用；所述方法还包括：所述电子设备确定临时任务；所述电子设备根据所述临时任务，确定所述第二应用。With reference to the first aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the second application is an application associated with a temporary task; the method further includes: the electronic device determines the temporary task; The temporary task determines the second application.
在该实现方式中，第二应用为与电子设备确定的临时任务相关联的应用，实现了可以在辅屏显示用户需要进行的临时任务关联的应用，省却了用户手动查找临时任务关联的应用，改善了用户体验。In this implementation, the second application is an application associated with the temporary task determined by the electronic device, which realizes the application that can display the temporary task associated with the user on the auxiliary screen, eliminating the need for the user to manually search for the application associated with the temporary task. Improved user experience.
第二方面，本申请实施例提供了一种屏幕显示方法，应用于配置有可折叠显示屏的电子设备，所述可折叠显示屏包括第一区域和第二区域；所述方法包括：所述电子设备在所述可折叠显示屏上显示第一应用的运行界面，其中，所述可折叠显示屏处于展开形态；当所述可折叠显示屏从展开形态转换到半折叠形态时，所述电子设备在所 述第一区域上显示第二应用。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a screen display method, which is applied to an electronic device equipped with a foldable display screen, the foldable display screen includes a first area and a second area; the method includes: said The electronic device displays the running interface of the first application on the foldable display screen, wherein the foldable display screen is in an unfolded configuration; when the foldable display screen is converted from the unfolded configuration to the half-folded configuration, the electronic The device displays the second application on the first area.
结合第二方面，在第二方面第一种可能的实现方式中，所述电子设备在所述第一区域上显示第二应用具体为：所述电子设备在所述第一区域显示所述第一应用的运行界面的关联界面，其中，所述关联界面包括所述第二应用。With reference to the second aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the electronic device displaying the second application on the first area is specifically: the electronic device displaying the second application in the first area An associated interface of an application running interface, where the associated interface includes the second application.
在该实现方式中，在主屏转到到半折叠形态的情况下，可以在第一区域显示第一应用的运行界面的关联界面以及显示第二应用，可维持第一应用的前台运行状态，降低显示第二应用对用户进行第一应用的任务的影响。In this implementation, when the main screen is turned to the half-folded form, the associated interface of the running interface of the first application and the second application can be displayed in the first area, and the foreground running state of the first application can be maintained, reducing Shows the influence of the second application on the user's task of the first application.
结合第二方面第一种可能的实现方式，在第二方面第二种可能的实现方式中，所述电子设备在所述可折叠显示屏上显示第一应用的运行界面包括：所述电子设备在所述第一区域上显示所述第一应用的运行界面的第一部分界面，在所述第二区域上显示所述第一应用的运行界面的第二部分界面；所述关联界面包括：所述第一部分界面的内容，或者所述第二部分界面的内容。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in the second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the electronic device displaying the running interface of the first application on the foldable display screen includes: the electronic device The first part of the interface of the running interface of the first application is displayed on the first area, and the second part of the interface of the running interface of the first application is displayed on the second area; the associated interface includes: Describes the content of the first part of the interface, or the content of the second part of the interface.
在该实现方式中，可以将可折叠显示屏展开形态下第一区域或第二区域显示的内容显示在可折叠显示屏半折叠形态下的第一区域上，可以避免或减少在可折叠显示屏半折叠形态下的第一区域上显示第一应用的相关内容时，该内容中元素显示方式或排列方式的变化，从而在维持第一应用前台运行状态的同时，改善了用户的视觉体验。In this implementation, the content displayed in the first area or the second area in the unfolded state of the foldable display screen can be displayed on the first area in the half-folded state of the foldable display screen, which can avoid or reduce When the relevant content of the first application is displayed on the first area in the half-folded form, the display mode or arrangement mode of the elements in the content changes, thereby improving the user's visual experience while maintaining the foreground running state of the first application.
结合第二方面，在第二方面第三种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：当所述可折叠显示屏从展开形态转换到折叠形态时，所述电子设备在所述第一区域上显示所述第一应用的运行界面的关联界面，其中，所述关联界面包括第二应用。With reference to the second aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes: when the foldable display screen is transformed from the unfolded form to the folded form, the electronic device is in the first area The associated interface of the running interface of the first application is displayed on the upper side, where the associated interface includes the second application.
在该实现方式中，在可折叠显示屏转到到折叠形态的情况下，可以在第一区域显示第一应用的运行界面的关联界面以及显示第二应用，可维持第一应用的前台运行状态，降低显示第二应用对用户进行第一应用的任务的影响。In this implementation, when the foldable display screen is turned to the folded form, the associated interface of the running interface of the first application and the second application can be displayed in the first area, and the foreground running state of the first application can be maintained , To reduce the impact of displaying the second application on the user's task of the first application.
结合第二方面，在第二方面第四种可能的实现方式中，所述电子设备在所述可折叠显示屏上显示第一应用的运行界面包括：所述电子设备在所述第一区域上显示所述第一应用的运行界面的第一部分界面，在所述第二区域上显示所述第一应用的运行界面的第二部分界面；所述关联界面包括：所述第一部分界面的内容，或者所述第二部分界面的内容。With reference to the second aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the electronic device displaying the running interface of the first application on the foldable display screen includes: the electronic device is on the first area The first part of the interface of the running interface of the first application is displayed, and the second part of the interface of the running interface of the first application is displayed on the second area; the associated interface includes: the content of the first part of the interface, Or the content of the second part of the interface.
在该实现方式中，可以将可折叠显示屏展开形态下第一区域或第二区域显示的内容显示在可折叠显示屏折叠形态下的第一区域上，可以避免或减少在可折叠显示屏折叠形态下的第一区域上显示第一应用的相关内容时，该内容中元素显示方式或排列方式的变化，从而在维持第一应用前台运行状态的同时，改善了用户的视觉体验。In this implementation, the content displayed in the first area or the second area in the unfolded state of the foldable display screen can be displayed on the first area in the folded state of the foldable display screen, which can avoid or reduce the folding of the foldable display screen. When the related content of the first application is displayed on the first area in the morphology, the display mode or arrangement mode of the elements in the content changes, thereby maintaining the foreground running state of the first application and improving the user's visual experience.
结合第二方面，在第二方面第五种可能的实现方式中，所述第二应用为临时任务关联的应用；所述方法还包括：所述电子设备确定临时任务；所述电子设备根据所述临时任务，确定所述第二应用。With reference to the second aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the second application is an application associated with a temporary task; the method further includes: the electronic device determines the temporary task; The temporary task determines the second application.
在该实现方式中，第二应用为与电子设备确定的临时任务相关联的应用，实现了可以在第一区域显示用户需要进行的临时任务关联的应用，省却了用户手动查找临时任务关联的应用，改善了用户体验。In this implementation, the second application is an application associated with the temporary task determined by the electronic device, which realizes the application that can display the temporary task associated with the user in the first area, eliminating the need for the user to manually search for the application associated with the temporary task , Improve the user experience.
第三方面，本申请实施例提供了一种电子设备，包括处理器、存储器、主屏、辅屏，所述主屏和所述辅屏配置于所述电子设备的不同侧，所述主屏为可折叠显示屏； 所述存储器用于存储计算机执行指令，当所述电子设备运行时，所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述计算机执行指令，以使所述电子设备执行第一方面所述的方法。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including a processor, a memory, a main screen, and an auxiliary screen. The main screen and the auxiliary screen are configured on different sides of the electronic device, and the main screen is foldable Display screen; the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and when the electronic device is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the electronic device executes the instructions described in the first aspect method.
第四方面，本申请实施例提供了一种电子设备，包括处理器、存储器、可折叠显示屏，所述可折叠显示屏包括第一区域和第二区域；所述存储器用于存储计算机执行指令，当所述电子设备运行时，所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述计算机执行指令，以使所述电子设备执行第二方面所述的方法。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including a processor, a memory, and a foldable display screen, the foldable display screen includes a first area and a second area; the memory is used to store computer execution instructions When the electronic device is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the electronic device executes the method described in the second aspect.
第五方面，本申请实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质，所述计算机存储介质包括计算机指令，当所述计算机指令在电子设备上运行时，使得所述电子设备执行第一方面所述的方法或第二方面所述的方法。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium, the computer storage medium includes computer instructions, and when the computer instructions run on an electronic device, the electronic device executes the method described in the first aspect Or the method described in the second aspect.
第六方面，本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品包含的程序代码被电子设备中的处理器执行时，实现第一方面所述的方法或第二方面所述的方法。In a sixth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product. When the program code contained in the computer program product is executed by a processor in an electronic device, it implements the method described in the first aspect or the method described in the second aspect. method.
本申请实施例提供的屏幕显示方法及电子设备，可以在不退出当前应用的运行界面的情况下，在电子设备的折叠形态下，快速完成临时任务，便于用户操作，并且降低了用户隐私泄露的可能性。The screen display method and electronic device provided by the embodiments of the application can quickly complete temporary tasks in the folded form of the electronic device without exiting the running interface of the current application, which is convenient for user operations and reduces the risk of user privacy leakage. possibility.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的硬件结构示意图；FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种可折叠电子设备示意图；2 is a schematic diagram of a foldable electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application;
图2a为图2所示的可折叠电子设备正面示意图；FIG. 2a is a schematic front view of the foldable electronic device shown in FIG. 2;
图2b为图2所示的可折叠电子设备背面示意图；Figure 2b is a schematic diagram of the back of the foldable electronic device shown in Figure 2;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种可折叠电子设备的示意图；3 is a schematic diagram of a foldable electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application;
图3a为图3所示可折叠电子设备展开形态示意图；3a is a schematic diagram of the unfolded configuration of the foldable electronic device shown in FIG. 3;
图3b为图3所示可折叠电子设备半折叠形态示意图；FIG. 3b is a schematic diagram of a half-folded configuration of the foldable electronic device shown in FIG. 3;
图3c为图3所示可折叠电子设备折叠形态示意图；FIG. 3c is a schematic diagram of the folding configuration of the foldable electronic device shown in FIG. 3;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的软件结构示意图；4 is a schematic diagram of the software structure of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种屏幕显示方法流程图；FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a screen display method provided by an embodiment of the application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种屏幕显示效果图；FIG. 6 is a screen display effect diagram provided by an embodiment of this application;
图6a为本申请实施例提供的一种展开形态下主屏显示效果图；Figure 6a is a main screen display effect diagram in an expanded form provided by an embodiment of the application;
图6b为本申请实施例提供的一种半折叠形态下辅屏显示效果图；FIG. 6b is a display effect diagram of the auxiliary screen in a half-folded form according to an embodiment of the application;
图6c为本申请实施例提供的一种半折叠形态下辅屏显示效果图；FIG. 6c is a display effect diagram of an auxiliary screen in a half-folded form according to an embodiment of the application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种屏幕显示方法流程图；FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a screen display method provided by an embodiment of the application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种屏幕显示效果图；FIG. 8 is a screen display effect diagram provided by an embodiment of the application;
图8a为本申请实施例提供的一种展开形态下主屏显示效果图；FIG. 8a is a main screen display effect diagram in an expanded form according to an embodiment of the application;
图8b为本申请实施例提供的一种折叠形态下辅屏显示效果图；FIG. 8b is a display effect diagram of an auxiliary screen in a folded form according to an embodiment of the application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种屏幕显示方法流程图；FIG. 9 is a flowchart of a screen display method provided by an embodiment of the application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种屏幕显示效果图；FIG. 10 is a screen display effect diagram provided by an embodiment of this application;
图10a为本申请实施例提供的一种展开形态下可折叠显示屏显示效果图；10a is a display effect diagram of a foldable display screen in an unfolded form provided by an embodiment of the application;
图10b为本申请实施例提供的一种折叠形态下可折叠显示屏的B区域显示效果图；FIG. 10b is a display effect diagram of area B of a foldable display screen in a folded form according to an embodiment of the application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种屏幕显示方法流程图；FIG. 11 is a flowchart of a screen display method provided by an embodiment of the application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种屏幕显示方法流程图；FIG. 12 is a flowchart of a screen display method provided by an embodiment of the application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种屏幕显示方法流程图；FIG. 13 is a flowchart of a screen display method provided by an embodiment of the application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备示意性框图；FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备示意性框图。FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图，对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行描述。显然，所描述的实施例仅是本申请一部分实施例，而不是全部的实施例。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention will be described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. Obviously, the described embodiments are only a part of the embodiments of the present application, rather than all the embodiments.
在本说明书的描述中“一个实施例”或“一些实施例”等意味着在本申请的一个或多个实施例中包括结合该实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特点。由此，在本说明书中的不同之处出现的语句“在一个实施例中”、“在一些实施例中”、“在其他一些实施例中”、“在另外一些实施例中”等不是必然都参考相同的实施例，而是意味着“一个或多个但不是所有的实施例”，除非是以其他方式另外特别强调。In the description of this specification, "one embodiment" or "some embodiments" etc. mean that one or more embodiments of the present application include a specific feature, structure, or characteristic described in conjunction with the embodiment. Therefore, the phrases "in one embodiment", "in some embodiments", "in some other embodiments", "in some other embodiments", etc. appearing in different places in this specification are not necessarily All refer to the same embodiment, but mean "one or more but not all embodiments" unless it is specifically emphasized otherwise.
其中，在本说明书的描述中，除非另有说明，“/”表示或的意思，例如，A/B可以表示A或B；本文中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，在本申请实施例的描述中，“多个”是指两个或多于两个。Among them, in the description of this specification, unless otherwise specified, "/" means or, for example, A/B can mean A or B; the "and/or" in this specification is only an association describing related objects Relationship means that there can be three kinds of relationships. For example, A and/or B can mean that: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. In addition, in the description of the embodiments of the present application, "plurality" means two or more than two.
在本说明书的描述中，术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的，而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此，限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。术语“包括”、“包含”、“具有”及它们的变形都意味着“包括但不限于”，除非是以其他方式另外特别强调。In the description of this specification, the terms "first" and "second" are only used for descriptive purposes, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of indicated technical features. Thus, the features defined with "first" and "second" may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. The terms "including", "including", "having" and their variations all mean "including but not limited to" unless otherwise specifically emphasized.
本申请实施例的屏幕显示方法可以应用于电子设备。电子设备可以为手机、平板电脑、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、可穿戴设备、膝上型计算机(laptop)等便携式电子设备。便携式电子设备的示例性实施例包括但不限于搭载iOS、android、microsoft或者其他操作***的便携式电子设备。上述便携式电子设备也可以是其他便携式电子设备，诸如具有触敏表面(例如触控面板)的膝上型计算机(laptop)等。还应当理解的是，在本申请其他一些实施例中，电子设备也可以不是便携式电子设备，而是具有触敏表面(例如触控面板)的台式计算机。本申请实施例对电子设备的类型不做具体限定。The screen display method of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to electronic equipment. The electronic device can be a portable electronic device such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wearable device, and a laptop computer (laptop). Exemplary embodiments of portable electronic devices include, but are not limited to, portable electronic devices equipped with iOS, android, microsoft or other operating systems. The aforementioned portable electronic device may also be other portable electronic devices, such as a laptop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (such as a touch panel). It should also be understood that in some other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device may not be a portable electronic device, but a desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (such as a touch panel). The embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the type of electronic device.
图1示出了电子设备100的结构示意图。FIG. 1 shows a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100.
电子设备100可以包括处理器110，外部存储器接口120，内部存储器121，通用串行总线(universal serial bus，USB)接口130，充电管理模块140，电源管理模块141，电池142，天线1，天线2，移动通信模块150，无线通信模块160，音频模块170，扬声器170A，受话器170B，麦克风170C，耳机接口170D，传感器模块180，按键190，马达191，指示器192，摄像头193，显示屏194，以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module，SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A，陀螺仪传感器180B，气压传感器180C，磁传感器180D，加速度传感器180E，距离传感器180F，接近光传感器180G，指纹传感器180H，温度传感器180J，触摸传感器180K，环境光传感器180L，骨传导传感器180M等。The electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, and an antenna 2. , Mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, buttons 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, and Subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195, etc. The sensor module 180 may include pressure sensor 180A, gyroscope sensor 180B, air pressure sensor 180C, magnetic sensor 180D, acceleration sensor 180E, distance sensor 180F, proximity light sensor 180G, fingerprint sensor 180H, temperature sensor 180J, touch sensor 180K, ambient light Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
可以理解的是，本发明实施例示意的结构并不构成对电子设备100的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中，电子设备100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者拆分某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件，软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100. In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than shown, or combine certain components, or split certain components, or arrange different components. The illustrated components can be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元，例如：处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor，AP)，调制解调处理器，图形处理器(graphics processing unit，GPU)，图像信号处理器(image signal processor，ISP)，控制器，视频编解码器，数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)，基带处理器，和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit，NPU)等。其中，不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件，也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The processor 110 may include one or more processing units. For example, the processor 110 may include an application processor (AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor, ISP), controller, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU), etc. Among them, the different processing units may be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号，产生操作控制信号，完成取指令和执行指令的控制。The controller can generate operation control signals according to the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
处理器110中还可以设置存储器，用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中，处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据，可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取，减少了处理器110的等待时间，因而提高了***的效率。A memory may also be provided in the processor 110 to store instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in the processor 110 is a cache memory. The memory can store instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be directly called from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided, the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, and the efficiency of the system is improved.
在一些实施例中，处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit，I2C)接口，集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound，I2S)接口，脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation，PCM)接口，通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter，UART)接口，移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface，MIPI)，通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output，GPIO)接口，用户标识模块(subscriber identity module，SIM)接口，和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus，USB)接口等。In some embodiments, the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces. The interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (PCM) interface, and a universal asynchronous transmitter receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and / Or Universal Serial Bus (USB) interface, etc.
I2C接口是一种双向同步串行总线，包括一根串行数据线(serial data line，SDA)和一根串行时钟线(derail clock line，SCL)。在一些实施例中，处理器110可以包含多组I2C总线。处理器110可以通过不同的I2C总线接口分别耦合触摸传感器180K，充电器，闪光灯，摄像头193等。例如：处理器110可以通过I2C接口耦合触摸传感器180K，使处理器110与触摸传感器180K通过I2C总线接口通信，实现电子设备100的触摸功能。The I2C interface is a two-way synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (SDA) and a serial clock line (SCL). In some embodiments, the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses. The processor 110 may be coupled to the touch sensor 180K, charger, flash, camera 193, etc. through different I2C bus interfaces. For example, the processor 110 may couple the touch sensor 180K through an I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through an I2C bus interface to implement the touch function of the electronic device 100.
I2S接口可以用于音频通信。在一些实施例中，处理器110可以包含多组I2S总线。处理器110可以通过I2S总线与音频模块170耦合，实现处理器110与音频模块170之间的通信。在一些实施例中，音频模块170可以通过I2S接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号，实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。The I2S interface can be used for audio communication. In some embodiments, the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses. The processor 110 may be coupled with the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to realize communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through an I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through a Bluetooth headset.
PCM接口也可以用于音频通信，将模拟信号抽样，量化和编码。在一些实施例中，音频模块170与无线通信模块160可以通过PCM总线接口耦合。在一些实施例中，音频模块170也可以通过PCM接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号，实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。所述I2S接口和所述PCM接口都可以用于音频通信。The PCM interface can also be used for audio communication to sample, quantize and encode analog signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
UART接口是一种通用串行数据总线，用于异步通信。该总线可以为双向通信总线。它将要传输的数据在串行通信与并行通信之间转换。在一些实施例中，UART接 口通常被用于连接处理器110与无线通信模块160。例如：处理器110通过UART接口与无线通信模块160中的蓝牙模块通信，实现蓝牙功能。在一些实施例中，音频模块170可以通过UART接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号，实现通过蓝牙耳机播放音乐的功能。The UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication. The bus can be a two-way communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication. In some embodiments, the UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 110 and the wireless communication module 160. For example, the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to implement the Bluetooth function. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through a UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through a Bluetooth headset.
MIPI接口可以被用于连接处理器110与显示屏194，摄像头193等***器件。MIPI接口包括摄像头串行接口(camera serial interface，CSI)，显示屏串行接口(display serial interface，DSI)等。在一些实施例中，处理器110和摄像头193通过CSI接口通信，实现电子设备100的拍摄功能。处理器110和显示屏194通过DSI接口通信，实现电子设备100的显示功能。The MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the display screen 194, the camera 193 and other peripheral devices. The MIPI interface includes camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), display serial interface (display serial interface, DSI), etc. In some embodiments, the processor 110 and the camera 193 communicate through a CSI interface to implement the shooting function of the electronic device 100. The processor 110 and the display screen 194 communicate through a DSI interface to realize the display function of the electronic device 100.
GPIO接口可以通过软件配置。GPIO接口可以被配置为控制信号，也可被配置为数据信号。在一些实施例中，GPIO接口可以用于连接处理器110与摄像头193，显示屏194，无线通信模块160，音频模块170，传感器模块180等。GPIO接口还可以被配置为I2C接口，I2S接口，UART接口，MIPI接口等。The GPIO interface can be configured through software. The GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal. In some embodiments, the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193, the display screen 194, the wireless communication module 160, the audio module 170, the sensor module 180, and so on. GPIO interface can also be configured as I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
USB接口130是符合USB标准规范的接口，具体可以是Mini USB接口，Micro USB接口，USB Type C接口等。USB接口130可以用于连接充电器为电子设备100充电，也可以用于电子设备100与***设备之间传输数据。也可以用于连接耳机，通过耳机播放音频。该接口还可以用于连接其他电子设备，例如AR设备等。The USB interface 130 is an interface that complies with the USB standard specification, and specifically may be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and so on. The USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 100, and can also be used to transfer data between the electronic device 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones and play audio through the headphones. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
可以理解的是，本发明实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系，只是示意性说明，并不构成对电子设备100的结构限定。在本申请另一些实施例中，电子设备100也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式，或多种接口连接方式的组合。It can be understood that the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention is merely a schematic description, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100. In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection modes in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection modes.
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中，充电器可以是无线充电器，也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中，充电管理模块140可以通过USB接口130接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中，充电管理模块140可以通过电子设备100的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块140为电池142充电的同时，还可以通过电源管理模块141为电子设备供电。The charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger. Among them, the charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger. In some wired charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive the charging input of the wired charger through the USB interface 130. In some embodiments of wireless charging, the charging management module 140 may receive the wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100. While the charging management module 140 charges the battery 142, it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 141.
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142，充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入，为处理器110，内部存储器121，显示屏194，摄像头193，和无线通信模块160等供电。电源管理模块141还可以用于监测电池容量，电池循环次数，电池健康状态(漏电，阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中，电源管理模块141也可以设置于处理器110中。在另一些实施例中，电源管理模块141和充电管理模块140也可以设置于同一个器件中。The power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110. The power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the display screen 194, the camera 193, and the wireless communication module 160. The power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance). In some other embodiments, the power management module 141 may also be provided in the processor 110. In other embodiments, the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be provided in the same device.
电子设备100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1，天线2，移动通信模块150，无线通信模块160，调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor, and the baseband processor.
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。电子设备100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用，以提高天线的利用率。例如：可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中，天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。The antenna 1 and the antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in the electronic device 100 can be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization. For example, antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network. In other embodiments, the antenna can be used in combination with a tuning switch.
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器，开关，功率放大器，低 噪声放大器(low noise amplifier，LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波，并对接收的电磁波进行滤波，放大等处理，传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大，经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中，移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中，移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 150 can provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G and the like applied to the electronic device 100. The mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), and so on. The mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves by the antenna 1, and perform processing such as filtering, amplifying and transmitting the received electromagnetic waves to the modem processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor, and convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation via the antenna 1. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中，调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后，被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A，受话器170B等)输出声音信号，或通过显示屏194显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中，调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中，调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110，与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。The modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator. Among them, the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal. The demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing. The low-frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor and then passed to the application processor. The application processor outputs a sound signal through an audio device (not limited to the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, etc.), or displays an image or video through the display screen 194. In some embodiments, the modem processor may be an independent device. In other embodiments, the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110 and be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks，WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity，Wi-Fi)网络)，蓝牙(bluetooth，BT)，全球导航卫星***(global navigation satellite system，GNSS)，调频(frequency modulation，FM)，近距离无线通信技术(near field communication，NFC)，红外技术(infrared，IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波，将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理，将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号，对其进行调频，放大，经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), and global navigation satellites. System (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions. The wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2, frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110. The wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110, perform frequency modulation, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic wave radiation via the antenna 2.
在一些实施例中，电子设备100的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合，天线2和无线通信模块160耦合，使得电子设备100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯***(global system for mobile communications，GSM)，通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service，GPRS)，码分多址接入(code division multiple access，CDMA)，宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)，时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access，TD-SCDMA)，长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)，BT，GNSS，WLAN，NFC，FM，和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位***(global positioning system，GPS)，全球导航卫星***(global navigation satellite system，GLONASS)，北斗卫星导航***(beidou navigation satellite system，BDS)，准天顶卫星***(quasi-zenith satellite system，QZSS)和/或星基增强***(satellite based augmentation systems，SBAS)。In some embodiments, the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled with the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled with the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology. The wireless communication technologies may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc. The GNSS may include global positioning system (GPS), global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite-based augmentation systems (SBAS).
电子设备100通过GPU，显示屏194，以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器，连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算，用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU，其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The electronic device 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, and an application processor. The GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, connected to the display 194 and the application processor. The GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering. The processor 110 may include one or more GPUs, which execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
显示屏194用于显示图像，视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display，LCD)，有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode，OLED)，有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic  light emitting diode的，AMOLED)，柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode，FLED)，Miniled，MicroLed，Micro-oLed，量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes，QLED)等。在一些实施例中，电子设备100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194，N为大于1的正整数。The display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, etc. The display screen 194 includes a display panel. The display panel can adopt liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (OLED), active matrix organic light-emitting diode or active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light-emitting diode). AMOLED, flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (QLED), etc. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include one or N display screens 194, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
在本申请的一些实施例中，当显示面板采用OLED、AMOLED、FLED等材料时，显示屏194可以被弯折，即电子设备100可以配置有可折叠显示屏。这里，显示屏194可以被弯折是指显示屏可以在固定部位或者任意部位被弯折到任意角度，并可以在该角度保持。可折叠显示屏具有两种模式：展开状态和折叠状态。其中，可折叠显示屏弯折时形成的弯折角度大于预设值时可看作处于展开状态，可折叠显示屏弯折时形成的弯折角度小于预设值时可看作处于折叠状态，预设值可以预先定义，例如可以为90度、80度等。弯折角度可以是指可折叠屏不用于显示内容的一面在弯折部位形成的角度。在一些实施例中，可折叠显示屏的弯折位置处可以设置有角度传感器，电子设备可以通过该角度传感器检测该弯折角度，并可根据该弯折角度判断可折叠显示屏是处于展开状态或者折叠状态。In some embodiments of the present application, when the display panel uses OLED, AMOLED, FLED and other materials, the display screen 194 may be bent, that is, the electronic device 100 may be configured with a foldable display screen. Here, the display screen 194 can be bent means that the display screen can be bent to any angle at a fixed part or any part, and can be maintained at that angle. The foldable display has two modes: unfolded state and folded state. Among them, when the bending angle formed when the foldable display is bent is greater than the preset value, it can be regarded as being in the unfolded state, and when the bending angle formed when the foldable display is bent is less than the preset value, it can be regarded as being in the folded state. The preset value can be defined in advance, for example, it can be 90 degrees, 80 degrees, and so on. The bending angle may refer to the angle formed at the bending position on the side of the foldable screen not used for displaying content. In some embodiments, an angle sensor may be provided at the bending position of the foldable display screen, and the electronic device can detect the bending angle through the angle sensor, and can determine whether the foldable display screen is in the unfolded state according to the bending angle. Or folded state.
可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时，可以全屏显示电子设备的操作***所提供的用户界面。全屏显示用户界面可以是指该用户界面占用可折叠显示屏的全部显示区域，也可以是指用户界面占用显示屏的大部分显示区域，例如当可折叠显示屏为异形切割屏(Notch屏)时，异形切割屏的中间部分显示该用户界面，一侧或两侧边缘部分黑屏时，也可看作该可折叠显示屏全屏显示该用户界面。When the foldable display screen is in the unfolded state, the user interface provided by the operating system of the electronic device can be displayed in full screen. The full-screen display user interface can mean that the user interface occupies the entire display area of the foldable display screen, or it can mean that the user interface occupies most of the display area of the display screen, for example, when the foldable display screen is a special-shaped cut screen (Notch screen) , The user interface is displayed in the middle part of the special-shaped cutting screen, and when one or both sides of the edge part are black, it can also be regarded as the foldable display screen displaying the user interface in full screen.
可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时，电子设备可以仅在该可折叠显示屏的其中一个显示屏上显示操作***所提供的用户界面，也可以在该可折叠显示屏的两个显示屏上都显示电子设备的操作***提供的用户界面，本申请实施例不做限制。When the foldable display screen is in the folded state, the electronic device can only display the user interface provided by the operating system on one of the foldable display screens, or it can display on both displays of the foldable display screen The user interface provided by the operating system of the electronic device is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在一些实施例中，当可折叠显示屏由展开状态变换为折叠状态时，电子设备可以从在可折叠显示屏上全屏显示用户界面变换为在该可折叠显示屏上的其中一个显示屏上显示该用户界面。In some embodiments, when the foldable display screen is transformed from the unfolded state to the folded state, the electronic device may change from displaying the user interface in full screen on the foldable display screen to displaying on one of the foldable display screens. The user interface.
在一些实施例中，电子设备100可以配置有两个独立的显示屏，两个显示屏分别位于电子设备100的两侧。该两个显示屏可以具有相同的配置，也可以具有不同的配置。例如，该两个显示屏可以采用相同或不同的材料，可以具有相同或不同的屏幕尺寸，比如，一个显示屏是6英寸的OLED屏幕，一个显示屏是3.3英寸的LCD屏幕，本申请实施例不做限制。In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may be configured with two independent display screens, and the two display screens are located on both sides of the electronic device 100 respectively. The two display screens can have the same configuration or different configurations. For example, the two display screens may use the same or different materials, and may have the same or different screen sizes. For example, one display screen is a 6-inch OLED screen, and the other display screen is a 3.3-inch LCD screen. No restrictions.
在本申请实施例中，参阅图2，其中图2包括图2a和图2b。电子设备100提供了两个显示屏，其中一个显示屏可以为可折叠显示屏。可以将该可折叠显示屏称为第一屏或者主屏，将另一个显示屏称作第二屏或者辅屏。示例性的，如图2a所示，电子设备100的一侧具有可折叠显示屏(主屏)210。可折叠显示屏210为可折叠的柔性屏。可折叠显示屏210又可分为第一区域211、第二区域212、第三区域213。第三区域213位于第一区域211和第二区域212之间。第三区域213处于电子设备100的弯折部位对应的位置上。如图2b所示，电子设备100的另一侧具有辅屏220。辅屏220可以为刚性屏，也可以为柔性屏。在电子设备100折叠时，辅屏220无须折叠。辅屏220可以设置与第二区域212相对的区域上，辅屏220也可以设置在与第一区域211相对的 区域上。In the embodiment of the present application, refer to FIG. 2, which includes FIG. 2a and FIG. 2b. The electronic device 100 provides two display screens, one of which may be a foldable display screen. The foldable display screen may be called the first screen or the main screen, and the other display screen may be called the second screen or the auxiliary screen. Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 2a, one side of the electronic device 100 has a foldable display screen (main screen) 210. The foldable display screen 210 is a foldable flexible screen. The foldable display screen 210 can be further divided into a first area 211, a second area 212, and a third area 213. The third area 213 is located between the first area 211 and the second area 212. The third area 213 is located at a position corresponding to the bending part of the electronic device 100. As shown in FIG. 2b, the other side of the electronic device 100 has an auxiliary screen 220. The auxiliary screen 220 may be a rigid screen or a flexible screen. When the electronic device 100 is folded, the auxiliary screen 220 does not need to be folded. The auxiliary screen 220 may be arranged on an area opposite to the second area 212, and the auxiliary screen 220 may also be arranged on an area opposite to the first area 211.
电子设备100可以呈现至少三种物理形态：展开形态、半折叠形态、折叠形态(也可以称为闭合形态)。相应地，可折叠显示屏210也可呈现至少三种物理形态：展开形态、半折叠形态、折叠形态。而辅屏200呈现展开形态。The electronic device 100 can present at least three physical forms: an expanded form, a half-folded form, and a folded form (also called a closed form). Correspondingly, the foldable display screen 210 can also present at least three physical forms: an expanded form, a half-folded form, and a folded form. The auxiliary screen 200 presents an expanded form.
处于展开形态的电子设备100，可以朝着第一区域211和第二区域212相面对的方向折叠。当电子设备100处于折叠形态时，第一区域211和第三区域212彼此面向。The electronic device 100 in the unfolded configuration can be folded toward the direction in which the first area 211 and the second area 212 face each other. When the electronic device 100 is in the folded configuration, the first area 211 and the third area 212 face each other.
如图2a所示，当电子设备100处于展开形态时，即可折叠显示屏210处于展开形态时，第一区域211和第二区域212形成的夹角的角度为第一角度。α1≤第一角度≤180度。90度≤α1＜180度，例如α1可以为90度。As shown in FIG. 2a, when the electronic device 100 is in the unfolded form, the foldable display 210 is in the unfolded form, the angle formed by the first area 211 and the second area 212 is the first angle. α1≤first angle≤180 degrees. 90 degrees≤α1<180 degrees, for example, α1 may be 90 degrees.
当电子设备100处于半折叠形态时，即可折叠显示屏210处于半折叠形态时，第一区域211和第二区域212形成的夹角的角度为第二角度。α3≤第二角度≤α2。90度≥α3≥0度，180度≥α2≥90度。在一个例子中，α3可以为0度，α2可以为90度。When the electronic device 100 is in a half-folded configuration, that is, when the foldable display screen 210 is in a half-folded configuration, the angle formed by the first area 211 and the second area 212 is the second angle. α3≤the second angle≤α2. 90 degrees≥α3≥0 degrees, 180 degrees≥α2≥90 degrees. In an example, α3 may be 0 degrees, and α2 may be 90 degrees.
当电子设备100处于折叠形态时，即可折叠显示屏210处于折叠形态时，第一区域211和第二区域212形成的夹角的角度为第三角度。0度≤第三角度≤α6。0≤α6≤90度。具体的，α6可以为0度或90度。When the electronic device 100 is in the folded configuration, that is, when the foldable display screen 210 is in the folded configuration, the angle formed by the first area 211 and the second area 212 is the third angle. 0 degree≤third angle≤α6. 0≤α6≤90 degrees. Specifically, α6 can be 0 degrees or 90 degrees.
在一些实施例中，电子设备100可以配置有一个独立的可折叠显示屏。示例性的，如图3中的图3a、图3b和图3c所示，电子设备100具有可折叠显示屏300。可折叠显示屏300可分为A区域301、B区域302和C区域303。In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may be configured with an independent foldable display screen. Exemplarily, as shown in FIGS. 3a, 3b, and 3c in FIG. 3, the electronic device 100 has a foldable display screen 300. The foldable display screen 300 can be divided into an A area 301, a B area 302, and a C area 303.
可折叠显示屏300可呈现至少三种物理形态：展开形态、半折叠形态、折叠形态。The foldable display screen 300 can present at least three physical forms: an expanded form, a half-folded form, and a folded form.
可以对展开形态的电子设备100进行折叠，折叠方向可以使A区域301和B区域302相背离的方向。当电子设备100处于折叠形态时，A区域301面向的方向与B区域302面向的方向相反。即，当电子设备100处于折叠形态时，A区域301和B区域302分别形成电子设备100的两个外侧面。The electronic device 100 in the unfolded form can be folded, and the folding direction can be a direction away from the A area 301 and the B area 302. When the electronic device 100 is in the folded configuration, the direction facing the area A 301 is opposite to the direction facing the area B 302. That is, when the electronic device 100 is in a folded configuration, the A area 301 and the B area 302 respectively form two outer sides of the electronic device 100.
可折叠显示屏300呈现各形态时的A区域301和B区域302之间的夹角的角度，可以参考上文对第一区域211和第二区域212之间的夹角的角度的介绍，在此不再赘述。For the angle of the included angle between the A area 301 and the B area 302 when the foldable display 300 presents various forms, please refer to the above description of the angle between the first area 211 and the second area 212. This will not be repeated here.
当折叠显示屏300呈现折叠形态时，A区域301和B区域302可以各自独立显示内容，也可以其中一个处于黑屏状态、另一个显示内容。When the foldable display screen 300 is in a folded form, the A area 301 and the B area 302 may independently display content, or one of them may be in a black screen state and the other may display content.
电子设备100可以通过ISP，摄像头193，视频编解码器，GPU，显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。The electronic device 100 can implement a shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, and an application processor.
ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。例如，拍照时，打开快门，光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上，光信号转换为电信号，摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理，转换为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点，亮度，肤色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光，色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中，ISP可以设置在摄像头193中。The ISP is used to process the data fed back from the camera 193. For example, when taking a picture, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing and conversion into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can also optimize the image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be provided in the camera 193.
摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device，CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor，CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信 号转换成电信号，之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB，YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中，电子设备100可以包括1个或N个摄像头193，N为大于1的正整数。The camera 193 is used to capture still images or videos. The object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element. The photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. The photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal. ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing. DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号，除了可以处理数字图像信号，还可以处理其他数字信号。例如，当电子设备100在频点选择时，数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects the frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。电子设备100可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样，电子设备100可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频，例如：动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group，MPEG)1，MPEG2，MPEG3，MPEG4等。Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video. The electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in a variety of encoding formats, such as: moving picture experts group (MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, and so on.
NPU为神经网络(neural-network，NN)计算处理器，通过借鉴生物神经网络结构，例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式，对输入信息快速处理，还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现电子设备100的智能认知等应用，例如：图像识别，人脸识别，语音识别，文本理解等。NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor. By drawing on the structure of biological neural networks, for example, the transfer mode between human brain neurons, it can quickly process input information and can continuously learn by itself. The NPU can realize applications such as intelligent cognition of the electronic device 100, such as image recognition, face recognition, voice recognition, text understanding, and so on.
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡，例如Micro SD卡，实现扩展电子设备100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信，实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐，视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。The external memory interface 120 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100. The external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to realize the data storage function. For example, save music, video and other files in an external memory card.
内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码，所述可执行程序代码包括指令。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中，存储程序区可存储操作***，至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能，图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储电子设备100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据，电话本等)等。此外，内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器，还可以包括非易失性存储器，例如至少一个磁盘存储器件，闪存器件，通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage，UFS)等。处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令，和/或存储在设置于处理器中的存储器的指令，执行电子设备100的各种功能应用以及数据处理。The internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, where the executable program code includes instructions. The internal memory 121 may include a storage program area and a storage data area. Among them, the storage program area can store an operating system, at least one application program (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) required by at least one function. The data storage area can store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the electronic device 100. In addition, the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash storage (UFS), etc. The processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 by running instructions stored in the internal memory 121 and/or instructions stored in a memory provided in the processor.
电子设备100可以通过音频模块170，扬声器170A，受话器170B，麦克风170C，耳机接口170D，以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放，录音等。The electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170, the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the earphone interface 170D, and the application processor. For example, music playback, recording, etc.
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出，也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中，音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中，或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。The audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into an analog audio signal for output, and is also used to convert an analog audio input into a digital audio signal. The audio module 170 can also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110, or part of the functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110.
扬声器170A，也称“喇叭”，用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。电子设备100可以通过扬声器170A收听音乐，或收听免提通话。The speaker 170A, also called a "speaker", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. The electronic device 100 can listen to music through the speaker 170A, or listen to a hands-free call.
受话器170B，也称“听筒”，用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当电子设备100接听电话或语音信息时，可以通过将受话器170B靠近人耳接听语音。The receiver 170B, also called "earpiece", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. When the electronic device 100 answers a call or voice message, it can receive the voice by bringing the receiver 170B close to the human ear.
麦克风170C，也称“话筒”，“传声器”，用于将声音信号转换为电信号。当拨打电话或发送语音信息时，用户可以通过人嘴靠近麦克风170C发声，将声音信号输入到麦克风170C。电子设备100可以设置至少一个麦克风170C。在另一些实施例中，电子设备100可以设置两个麦克风170C，除了采集声音信号，还可以实现降噪功能。 在另一些实施例中，电子设备100还可以设置三个，四个或更多麦克风170C，实现采集声音信号，降噪，还可以识别声音来源，实现定向录音功能等。The microphone 170C, also called "microphone", "microphone", is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a call or sending a voice message, the user can approach the microphone 170C through the mouth to make a sound, and input the sound signal to the microphone 170C. The electronic device 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which can implement noise reduction functions in addition to collecting sound signals. In some other embodiments, the electronic device 100 can also be provided with three, four or more microphones 170C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and realize directional recording functions.
耳机接口170D用于连接有线耳机。耳机接口170D可以是USB接口130，也可以是3.5mm的开放移动电子设备平台(open mobile terminal platform，OMTP)标准接口，美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA，CTIA)标准接口。The earphone interface 170D is used to connect wired earphones. The earphone interface 170D may be a USB interface 130, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, or a cellular telecommunications industry association (cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA, CTIA) standard interface.
压力传感器180A用于感受压力信号，可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中，压力传感器180A可以设置于显示屏194。压力传感器180A的种类很多，如电阻式压力传感器，电感式压力传感器，电容式压力传感器等。电容式压力传感器可以是包括至少两个具有导电材料的平行板。当有力作用于压力传感器180A，电极之间的电容改变。电子设备100根据电容的变化确定压力的强度。当有触摸操作作用于显示屏194，电子设备100根据压力传感器180A检测所述触摸操作强度。电子设备100也可以根据压力传感器180A的检测信号计算触摸的位置。在一些实施例中，作用于相同触摸位置，但不同触摸操作强度的触摸操作，可以对应不同的操作指令。例如：当有触摸操作强度小于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时，执行查看短消息的指令。当有触摸操作强度大于或等于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时，执行新建短消息的指令。在一些实施例中，压力传感器180A可以检测到用户的手指接触显示屏194的检测信号而确定手指接触显示屏194的接触面积和接触区域，进而可以确定手指是否夹在折叠形态下的电子设备100之间。The pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and can convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal. In some embodiments, the pressure sensor 180A may be provided on the display screen 194. There are many types of pressure sensors 180A, such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, capacitive pressure sensors and so on. The capacitive pressure sensor may include at least two parallel plates with conductive material. When a force is applied to the pressure sensor 180A, the capacitance between the electrodes changes. The electronic device 100 determines the intensity of the pressure according to the change in capacitance. When a touch operation acts on the display screen 194, the electronic device 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A. The electronic device 100 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A. In some embodiments, touch operations that act on the same touch location but have different touch operation strengths may correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation whose intensity of the touch operation is less than the first pressure threshold is applied to the short message application icon, an instruction to view the short message is executed. When a touch operation with a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to create a new short message is executed. In some embodiments, the pressure sensor 180A can detect the detection signal of the user's finger touching the display screen 194 to determine the contact area and the contact area of the finger contacting the display screen 194, thereby determining whether the finger is clamped in the electronic device 100 in the folded configuration. between.
陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于确定电子设备100的运动姿态。在一些实施例中，可以通过陀螺仪传感器180B确定电子设备100围绕三个轴(即，x，y和z轴)的角速度。陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于拍摄防抖。示例性的，当按下快门，陀螺仪传感器180B检测电子设备100抖动的角度，根据角度计算出镜头模组需要补偿的距离，让镜头通过反向运动抵消电子设备100的抖动，实现防抖。陀螺仪传感器180B还可以用于导航，体感游戏场景。The gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the movement posture of the electronic device 100. In some embodiments, the angular velocity of the electronic device 100 around three axes (ie, x, y, and z axes) can be determined by the gyro sensor 180B. The gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization. Exemplarily, when the shutter is pressed, the gyro sensor 180B detects the shake angle of the electronic device 100, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shake of the electronic device 100 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake. The gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
气压传感器180C用于测量气压。在一些实施例中，电子设备100通过气压传感器180C测得的气压值计算海拔高度，辅助定位和导航。The air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 calculates the altitude based on the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.
磁传感器180D包括霍尔传感器。电子设备100可以利用磁传感器180D检测翻盖皮套的开合。在一些实施例中，当电子设备100是翻盖机时，电子设备100可以根据磁传感器180D检测翻盖的开合。进而根据检测到的皮套的开合状态或翻盖的开合状态，设置翻盖自动解锁等特性。The magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor. The electronic device 100 can use the magnetic sensor 180D to detect the opening and closing of the flip holster. In some embodiments, when the electronic device 100 is a flip machine, the electronic device 100 can detect the opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor 180D. Furthermore, according to the detected opening and closing state of the leather case or the opening and closing state of the flip cover, features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
加速度传感器180E可检测电子设备100在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。当电子设备100静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向。还可以用于识别电子设备姿态，应用于横竖屏切换，计步器等应用。The acceleration sensor 180E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes). When the electronic device 100 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers and so on.
距离传感器180F，用于测量距离。电子设备100可以通过红外或激光测量距离。在一些实施例中，拍摄场景，电子设备100可以利用距离传感器180F测距以实现快速对焦。Distance sensor 180F, used to measure distance. The electronic device 100 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the electronic device 100 can use the distance sensor 180F to measure the distance to achieve fast focusing.
接近光传感器180G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器，例如光电二极管。发光二极管可以是红外发光二极管。电子设备100通过发光二极管向外发射红外光。 电子设备100使用光电二极管检测来自附近物体的红外反射光。当检测到充分的反射光时，可以确定电子设备100附近有物体。当检测到不充分的反射光时，电子设备100可以确定电子设备100附近没有物体。电子设备100可以利用接近光传感器180G检测用户手持电子设备100贴近耳朵通话，以便自动熄灭屏幕达到省电的目的。接近光传感器180G也可用于皮套模式，口袋模式自动解锁与锁屏。The proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector such as a photodiode. The light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode. The electronic device 100 emits infrared light to the outside through the light emitting diode. The electronic device 100 uses a photodiode to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the electronic device 100. When insufficient reflected light is detected, the electronic device 100 can determine that there is no object near the electronic device 100. The electronic device 100 can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect that the user holds the electronic device 100 close to the ear to talk, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power. The proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in leather case mode, and the pocket mode will automatically unlock and lock the screen.
环境光传感器180L用于感知环境光亮度。电子设备100可以根据感知的环境光亮度自适应调节显示屏194亮度。环境光传感器180L也可用于拍照时自动调节白平衡。环境光传感器180L还可以与接近光传感器180G配合，检测电子设备100是否在口袋里，以防误触。The ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense the brightness of the ambient light. The electronic device 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived brightness of the ambient light. The ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures. The ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the electronic device 100 is in the pocket to prevent accidental touch.
指纹传感器180H用于采集指纹。电子设备100可以利用采集的指纹特性实现指纹解锁，访问应用锁，指纹拍照，指纹接听来电等。The fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints. The electronic device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to realize fingerprint unlocking, access application locks, fingerprint photographs, fingerprint answering calls, etc.
温度传感器180J用于检测温度。在一些实施例中，电子设备100利用温度传感器180J检测的温度，执行温度处理策略。例如，当温度传感器180J上报的温度超过阈值，电子设备100执行降低位于温度传感器180J附近的处理器的性能，以便降低功耗实施热保护。在另一些实施例中，当温度低于另一阈值时，电子设备100对电池142加热，以避免低温导致电子设备100异常关机。在其他一些实施例中，当温度低于又一阈值时，电子设备100对电池142的输出电压执行升压，以避免低温导致的异常关机。The temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to execute a temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds a threshold value, the electronic device 100 executes to reduce the performance of the processor located near the temperature sensor 180J, so as to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection. In other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 heats the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the electronic device 100 due to low temperature. In some other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 boosts the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
触摸传感器180K，也称“触控器件”。触摸传感器180K可以设置于显示屏194，由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏，也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器180K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器，以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏194提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中，触摸传感器180K也可以设置于电子设备100的表面，与显示屏194所处的位置不同。Touch sensor 180K, also called "touch device". The touch sensor 180K may be disposed on the display screen 194, and the touch screen is composed of the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194, which is also called a “touch screen”. The touch sensor 180K is used to detect touch operations acting on or near it. The touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event. The visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194. In other embodiments, the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100, which is different from the position of the display screen 194.
骨传导传感器180M可以获取振动信号。在一些实施例中，骨传导传感器180M可以获取人体声部振动骨块的振动信号。骨传导传感器180M也可以接触人体脉搏，接收血压跳动信号。在一些实施例中，骨传导传感器180M也可以设置于耳机中，结合成骨传导耳机。音频模块170可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的声部振动骨块的振动信号，解析出语音信号，实现语音功能。应用处理器可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的血压跳动信号解析心率信息，实现心率检测功能。The bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M can obtain the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice. The bone conduction sensor 180M can also contact the human pulse and receive the blood pressure pulse signal. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M may also be provided in the earphone, combined with the bone conduction earphone. The audio module 170 can parse the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vibrating bone block of the voice obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the voice function. The application processor may analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beat signal obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the heart rate detection function.
按键190包括开机键，音量键等。按键190可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。电子设备100可以接收按键输入，产生与电子设备100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。The button 190 includes a power button, a volume button, and so on. The button 190 may be a mechanical button. It can also be a touch button. The electronic device 100 may receive key input, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100.
马达191可以产生振动提示。马达191可以用于来电振动提示，也可以用于触摸振动反馈。例如，作用于不同应用(例如拍照，音频播放等)的触摸操作，可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。作用于显示屏194不同区域的触摸操作，马达191也可对应不同的振动反馈效果。不同的应用场景(例如：时间提醒，接收信息，闹钟，游戏等)也可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。触摸振动反馈效果还可以支持自定义。The motor 191 can generate vibration prompts. The motor 191 can be used for incoming call vibration notification, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback. For example, touch operations applied to different applications (such as photographing, audio playback, etc.) can correspond to different vibration feedback effects. Acting on touch operations in different areas of the display screen 194, the motor 191 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. Different application scenarios (for example: time reminding, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.) can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
指示器192可以是指示灯，可以用于指示充电状态，电量变化，也可以用于指示消息，未接来电，通知等。The indicator 192 may be an indicator light, which may be used to indicate the charging status, power change, or to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and so on.
SIM卡接口195用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过***SIM卡接口195，或从SIM卡接口195拔出，实现和电子设备100的接触和分离。电子设备100可以支持1个或N个SIM卡接口，N为大于1的正整数。SIM卡接口195可以支持Nano SIM卡，Micro SIM卡，SIM卡等。同一个SIM卡接口195可以同时***多张卡。所述多张卡的类型可以相同，也可以不同。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容不同类型的SIM卡。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容外部存储卡。电子设备100通过SIM卡和网络交互，实现通话以及数据通信等功能。在一些实施例中，电子设备100采用eSIM，即：嵌入式SIM卡。eSIM卡可以嵌在电子设备100中，不能和电子设备100分离。The SIM card interface 195 is used to connect to the SIM card. The SIM card can be inserted into the SIM card interface 195 or pulled out from the SIM card interface 195 to achieve contact and separation with the electronic device 100. The electronic device 100 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, and N is a positive integer greater than 1. The SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM cards, Micro SIM cards, SIM cards, etc. The same SIM card interface 195 can insert multiple cards at the same time. The types of the multiple cards can be the same or different. The SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards. The SIM card interface 195 may also be compatible with external memory cards. The electronic device 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as call and data communication. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 adopts an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card. The eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device 100 and cannot be separated from the electronic device 100.
电子设备100的软件***可以采用分层架构，事件驱动架构，微核架构，微服务架构，或云架构。本发明实施例以分层架构的Android***为例，示例性说明电子设备100的软件结构。The software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a microkernel architecture, a microservice architecture, or a cloud architecture. The embodiment of the present invention takes an Android system with a layered architecture as an example to exemplify the software structure of the electronic device 100.
图4是本发明实施例的电子设备100的软件结构框图。FIG. 4 is a software structure block diagram of an electronic device 100 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
分层架构将软件分成若干个层，每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些实施例中，将Android***分为四层，从上至下分别为应用程序层，应用程序框架层，安卓运行时(Android runtime)和***库，以及内核层。The layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Communication between layers through software interface. In some embodiments, the Android system is divided into four layers, from top to bottom, the application layer, the application framework layer, the Android runtime and system library, and the kernel layer.
应用程序层可以包括一系列应用程序包。The application layer can include a series of application packages.
如图4所示，应用程序包可以包括相机，图库，日历，通话，地图，导航，WLAN，蓝牙，音乐，视频，短信息等应用程序。As shown in Figure 4, the application package may include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, short message, etc.
应用程序框架层为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface，API)和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。The application framework layer provides application programming interfaces (application programming interface, API) and programming frameworks for applications in the application layer. The application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
如图4所示，应用程序框架层可以包括窗口管理器，内容提供器，视图***，电话管理器，资源管理器，通知管理器等。As shown in Figure 4, the application framework layer can include a window manager, a content provider, a view system, a phone manager, a resource manager, and a notification manager.
窗口管理器用于管理窗口程序。窗口管理器可以获取显示屏大小，判断是否有状态栏，锁定屏幕，截取屏幕等。The window manager is used to manage window programs. The window manager can obtain the size of the display, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, take a screenshot, etc.
内容提供器用来存放和获取数据，并使这些数据可以被应用程序访问。所述数据可以包括视频，图像，音频，拨打和接听的电话，浏览历史和书签，电话簿等。The content provider is used to store and retrieve data and make these data accessible to applications. The data may include video, image, audio, phone calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone book, etc.
视图***包括可视控件，例如显示文字的控件，显示图片的控件等。视图***可用于构建应用程序。显示界面可以由一个或多个视图组成的。例如，包括短信通知图标的显示界面，可以包括显示文字的视图以及显示图片的视图。The view system includes visual controls, such as controls that display text and controls that display pictures. The view system can be used to build applications. The display interface can be composed of one or more views. For example, a display interface that includes a short message notification icon may include a view that displays text and a view that displays pictures.
电话管理器用于提供电子设备100的通信功能。例如通话状态的管理(包括接通，挂断等)。The phone manager is used to provide the communication function of the electronic device 100. For example, the management of the call status (including connecting, hanging up, etc.).
资源管理器为应用程序提供各种资源，比如本地化字符串，图标，图片，布局文件，视频文件等等。The resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, etc.
通知管理器使应用程序可以在状态栏中显示通知信息，可以用于传达告知类型的消息，可以短暂停留后自动消失，无需用户交互。比如通知管理器被用于告知下载完成，消息提醒等。通知管理器还可以是以图表或者滚动条文本形式出现在***顶部状态栏的通知，例如后台运行的应用程序的通知，还可以是以对话窗口形式出现在屏幕上的通知。例如在状态栏提示文本信息，发出提示音，电子设备振动，指示灯闪烁等。The notification manager enables the application to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and it can disappear automatically after a short stay without user interaction. For example, the notification manager is used to notify the download completion, message reminder, etc. The notification manager can also be a notification that appears in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of a chart or a scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background, or a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window. For example, text messages are prompted in the status bar, prompt sounds, electronic devices vibrate, and indicator lights flash.
Android Runtime包括核心库和虚拟机。Android runtime负责安卓***的调度和管 理。Android Runtime includes core libraries and virtual machines. Android runtime is responsible for the scheduling and management of the Android system.
核心库包含两部分：一部分是java语言需要调用的功能函数，另一部分是安卓的核心库。The core library consists of two parts: one part is the function functions that the java language needs to call, and the other part is the core library of Android.
应用程序层和应用程序框架层运行在虚拟机中。虚拟机将应用程序层和应用程序框架层的java文件执行为二进制文件。虚拟机用于执行对象生命周期的管理，堆栈管理，线程管理，安全和异常的管理，以及垃圾回收等功能。The application layer and the application framework layer run in a virtual machine. The virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and the application framework layer as binary files. The virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection.
***库可以包括多个功能模块。例如：表面管理器(surface manager)，媒体库(media libraries)，三维图形处理库(例如：OpenGL ES)，2D图形引擎(例如：SGL)等。The system library can include multiple functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (media libraries), 3D graphics processing library (for example: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (for example: SGL), etc.
表面管理器用于对显示子***进行管理，并且为多个应用程序提供了2D和3D图层的融合。The surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides a combination of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
媒体库支持多种常用的音频，视频格式回放和录制，以及静态图像文件等。媒体库可以支持多种音视频编码格式，例如:MPEG4，H.264，MP3，AAC，AMR，JPG，PNG等。The media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files. The media library can support multiple audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
三维图形处理库用于实现三维图形绘图，图像渲染，合成，和图层处理等。The 3D graphics processing library is used to realize 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, synthesis, and layer processing.
2D图形引擎是2D绘图的绘图引擎。The 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层至少包含显示驱动，摄像头驱动，音频驱动，传感器驱动。The kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software. The kernel layer contains at least display driver, camera driver, audio driver, and sensor driver.
硬件层可以包括各类传感器，例如本申请实施例涉及的角度传感器、压力传感器等。The hardware layer may include various sensors, such as angle sensors and pressure sensors involved in the embodiments of the present application.
下面结合捕获拍照场景，示例性说明电子设备100软件以及硬件的工作流程。In the following, the workflow of the software and hardware of the electronic device 100 will be exemplified in conjunction with capturing a photo scene.
当触摸传感器180K接收到触摸操作，相应的硬件中断被发给内核层。内核层将触摸操作加工成原始输入事件(包括触摸坐标，触摸操作的时间戳等信息)。原始输入事件被存储在内核层。应用程序框架层从内核层获取原始输入事件，识别该输入事件所对应的控件。以该触摸操作是触摸单击操作，该单击操作所对应的控件为相机应用图标的控件为例，相机应用调用应用框架层的接口，启动相机应用，进而通过调用内核层启动摄像头驱动，通过摄像头193捕获静态图像或视频。When the touch sensor 180K receives a touch operation, the corresponding hardware interrupt is sent to the kernel layer. The kernel layer processes touch operations into original input events (including touch coordinates, time stamps of touch operations, etc.). The original input events are stored in the kernel layer. The application framework layer obtains the original input event from the kernel layer, and identifies the control corresponding to the input event. Taking the touch operation as a touch click operation, and the control corresponding to the click operation is the control of the camera application icon as an example, the camera application calls the interface of the application framework layer to start the camera application, and then starts the camera driver by calling the kernel layer. The camera 193 captures still images or videos.
本申请实施例提供了一种屏幕显示方法，应用于至少具备可折叠显示屏的电子设备。在电子设备从展开形态转换到半折叠或折叠形态时，在无须退出可折叠显示屏显示的当前应用的运行界面的情况下，通过面向用户的小屏，向用户推荐用于完成临时任务的应用或界面。临时任务为用户当前可能需要进行的任务，例如扫描支付、扫描进站、查看日程、查看航班动态、查看通知信息、查看打车等待卡片等。The embodiment of the application provides a screen display method, which is applied to an electronic device having at least a foldable display screen. When the electronic device is converted from the unfolded form to the half-folded or folded form, without having to exit the running interface of the current application displayed on the foldable display screen, the user-oriented small screen is used to recommend applications to the user for completing temporary tasks Or interface. Temporary tasks are tasks that users may currently need to perform, such as scanning payment, scanning inbound stations, checking schedules, checking flight status, checking notification information, checking taxi waiting cards, etc.
接下来，以执行主体为图2a和图2b所示的电子设备为例，结合图5、图6对本申请实施例提供的一种屏幕显示方法进行介绍。其中，图6包括图6a、图6b、图6c。Next, taking the electronic device shown in FIG. 2a and FIG. 2b as the execution subject as an example, a screen display method provided by an embodiment of the present application will be introduced in conjunction with FIG. 5 and FIG. 6. Among them, FIG. 6 includes FIG. 6a, FIG. 6b, and FIG. 6c.
参阅图5，该方法包括以下步骤。Referring to Figure 5, the method includes the following steps.
步骤500a，电子设备处于展开形态，且其可折叠显示屏显示当前应用的运行界面。In step 500a, the electronic device is in an expanded state, and its foldable display screen displays the running interface of the current application.
容易理解，电子设备处于展开形态，相当于其可折叠显示屏(主屏)处于展开形态。It is easy to understand that the electronic device is in the unfolded form, which is equivalent to its foldable display screen (main screen) in the unfolded form.
图2a和图2b所示的电子设备处于展开形态时，其可折叠显示屏210可以显示当前应用的运行界面。在一个例子中，当前应用可以为阅读类应用，例如华为阅读、QQ 阅读等。相应地，如图6a所示，当前应用的运行界面可以为展示文字或图片的界面。在一个例子中，当前应用可以为视频播放类应用，例如，华为视频、腾讯视频等。相应地，当前应用的运行界面可以为视频画面。在一个例子中，当前应用可以为图片播放类应用，例如图片浏览器、美图秀秀等。相应地，当前应用的应用界面可以为图片。在一个例子中，当前应用可以为视频通话类应用，例如微信、QQ等。相应地，当前应用的运行界面可以为视频通话界面。等等，此处不再一一列举。When the electronic device shown in FIGS. 2a and 2b is in an unfolded configuration, the foldable display screen 210 thereof can display the running interface of the current application. In an example, the current application may be a reading application, such as Huawei reading, QQ reading, etc. Correspondingly, as shown in Figure 6a, the running interface of the current application may be an interface for displaying text or pictures. In an example, the current application may be a video playback application, for example, Huawei Video, Tencent Video, etc. Correspondingly, the running interface of the current application can be a video screen. In an example, the current application may be a picture playback application, such as a picture browser, Meitu Xiuxiu, etc. Correspondingly, the application interface of the current application can be a picture. In an example, the current application may be a video call application, such as WeChat, QQ, etc. Correspondingly, the running interface of the current application may be a video call interface. Wait, I won't list them all here.
步骤500b，电子设备确定当前需要的临时任务。 Step 500b, the electronic device determines the temporary task currently needed.
在一些实施例中，电子设备可以获取当前位置，并结合历史上用户处于当前位置时，经常进行的操作，来确定当前需要的临时任务。当前位置可以为电子设备通过GPS接收机获取的经纬度信息。当前位置也可以为特定信息标识的位置。例如当前位置可以为无线网络的特征信息标识的位置。电子设备连接上该无线网络时，可认为处于该无线网络的特征信息标识的位置。再例如，当前位置也可以为具有蓝牙等近场通信功能的设备发射的近场通信信号标识的位置。当电子设备接收到该设备发送的近场通信信号时，可以认为处于该设备的附件，进而获取当前位置。等等。本申请实施例不对电子设备获取当前位置的方式进行具体限定。In some embodiments, the electronic device can obtain the current location, and combine the operations that the user frequently performed when the user is at the current location in history to determine the temporary task currently needed. The current location may be the latitude and longitude information obtained by the electronic device through the GPS receiver. The current location can also be a location identified by specific information. For example, the current location may be the location identified by the characteristic information of the wireless network. When the electronic device is connected to the wireless network, it can be considered to be at the position identified by the characteristic information of the wireless network. For another example, the current location may also be a location identified by a near field communication signal transmitted by a device with a near field communication function such as Bluetooth. When the electronic device receives the near field communication signal sent by the device, it can be considered to be in the accessory of the device, and then obtain the current position. and many more. The embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the manner in which the electronic device obtains the current position.
在一个例子中，电子设备获取当前位置为地点A。地点A可以为咖啡店、商场、早餐店等等。通过电子设备的用户历史操作记录得知，历史上每当电子设备处于地点A时，用户进行扫描支付。因此，电子设备可以确定当前需要的临时任务为扫描支付。In one example, the electronic device acquires the current location as location A. Location A can be a coffee shop, shopping mall, breakfast shop, etc. It is known from the user's historical operation record of the electronic device that, whenever the electronic device is at location A in history, the user performs a scan payment. Therefore, the electronic device can determine that the temporary task currently required is the scanning payment.
在一个例子中，电子设备获取当前位置为地点B。地点B可以为地铁站。通过电子设备的用户历史操作记录可以得知，历史上每当电子设备处于地点B时，用户进行扫描进站。电子设备可以确定当前需要的临时任务为扫描支付。In one example, the electronic device acquires the current location as location B. Location B can be a subway station. It can be known from the user's historical operation record of the electronic device that, whenever the electronic device is at location B in history, the user scans and enters the station. The electronic device can determine that the temporary task currently required is the scanning payment.
在一个例子中，电子设备获取当前位置为地点C。地点C可以为办公区域。通过电子设备的用户历史操作记录得知，历史上每当电子设备处于地点C时，用户查看日程。电子设备可以确定当前需要的临时任务为查看日程。In one example, the electronic device acquires the current location as location C. Location C can be an office area. It is known from the user's historical operation record of the electronic device that the user checks the schedule whenever the electronic device is at the location C in history. The electronic device may determine that the temporary task currently needed is to view the schedule.
在一个例子中，电子设备获取当前位置为地点D。地点D可以为机场的售票处。通过电子设备的用户历史操作记录得知，历史上每当电子设备处于地点D时，用户查看航班动态。电子设备可以确定当前需要的临时任务为查看航班动态。In one example, the electronic device acquires the current location as location D. Location D can be the ticket office of the airport. It is known from the user's historical operation record of the electronic device that the user checks the flight status whenever the electronic device is at location D in history. The electronic device can determine that the temporary task currently needed is to check flight status.
在一个例子中，电子设备获取当前位置为地点E和当前时间为处于早上7:00-8:00之间。地点E可以为用户的居住场所。通过电子设备的用户历史操作记录得知，历史上每当电子设备处于地点E，且在早上7:00-8:00之间，用户操作打车应用(滴滴等)进行打车。电子设备可以确定当前需要的临时任务为查看打车等待卡片。In an example, the electronic device acquires that the current location is location E and the current time is between 7:00-8:00 in the morning. The location E may be the residence of the user. It is known from the user's historical operation record of the electronic device that whenever the electronic device is at the location E in history and between 7:00-8:00 in the morning, the user operates a taxi application (Didi, etc.) to take a taxi. The electronic device can determine that the temporary task currently needed is to check the taxi waiting card.
在一些实施例中，当电子设备接收到信息时，可以确定当前需要的临时任务。例如，电子设备接收到短消息时，可以确定当前需要的临时任务为查看短消息。再例如，电子设备接收到即时通讯消息(例如，微信消息)时，可以确定当前需要的临时任务为查看即时通讯消息。In some embodiments, when the electronic device receives the information, it can determine the temporary task currently needed. For example, when the electronic device receives the short message, it can determine that the temporary task currently needed is viewing the short message. For another example, when the electronic device receives an instant messaging message (for example, a WeChat message), it can determine that the temporary task currently required is to view the instant messaging message.
在一些实施例中，电子设备可以根据最近的用户操作确定当前需要的临时任务。例如，在预设时间长度之前，通过打车应用(滴滴等)进行了打车，则可以确定当前需要的临时任务可以为查看打车等待卡片。In some embodiments, the electronic device may determine the temporary task currently required based on the most recent user operation. For example, before the preset time length, a taxi is made through a taxi application (Didi, etc.), it can be determined that the temporary task currently needed can be to check the taxi waiting card.
在一些实施例中，电子设备可以接收近场通信信号(例如蓝牙信号、Wi-Fi信号、 NFC信号等)，并根据近场通信信号中携带的设备特征信息，确定当前需要的临时任务，其中，设备特征信息为用于发射该近场通信信号的特征信息。例如，电子设备接收到蓝牙信号，通过蓝牙信号的设备特征信息识别出发射该蓝牙信号的设备为地铁闸机。In some embodiments, the electronic device may receive near-field communication signals (such as Bluetooth signals, Wi-Fi signals, NFC signals, etc.), and determine the temporary tasks currently required according to the device characteristic information carried in the near-field communication signals, where , The device feature information is the feature information used to transmit the near field communication signal. For example, an electronic device receives a Bluetooth signal, and recognizes that the device emitting the Bluetooth signal is a subway gate through the device characteristic information of the Bluetooth signal.
步骤502，电子设备确定临时任务关联的应用或页面。Step 502: The electronic device determines the application or page associated with the temporary task.
电子设备确定了当前需要完成的临时任务后，可以确定该临时任务关联的应用或页面。After the electronic device determines the temporary task that needs to be completed currently, it can determine the application or page associated with the temporary task.
在一些实施例中，当电子设备确定了当前需要完成的临时任务后，可以根据确定临时任务关联的应用。临时任务关联的应用为可用于完成该临时任务的应用。以扫描支付为例，其关联应用可以为支付宝、微信支付、云闪付应用，也可以为手机银行应用，等等，此次不再一一列举。In some embodiments, after the electronic device determines the temporary task that needs to be completed currently, the application associated with the temporary task can be determined according to the temporary task. The application associated with the temporary task is an application that can be used to complete the temporary task. Taking scanning payment as an example, its associated applications can be Alipay, WeChat Pay, Cloud QuickPass, or mobile banking applications, etc. I won’t list them all this time.
在一些实施例中，当电子设备确定了当前需要完成的临时任务后，可以根据确定临时任务关联的应用，并进一步确定关联的应用中与临时任务关联的页面。该页面可以为临时任务关联的应用的运行界面。以临时任务为扫描支付为例，电子设备可以确定扫描支付关联的应用为支付类应用，例如支付宝、华为钱包等，然后，可进一步确定扫描支付关联的页面为该支付类应用中的付款码。以临时任务为扫描进站为例，电子设备可以确定扫描进站关联的应用为地铁乘坐相关应用，然后，可进一步确定扫描进站关联的页面为该地铁乘坐相关应用中的地铁乘车码。In some embodiments, after the electronic device determines the temporary task that needs to be completed currently, it can determine the application associated with the temporary task according to the determination, and further determine the page associated with the temporary task in the associated application. This page can be the running interface of the application associated with the temporary task. Taking the temporary task of scanning payment as an example, the electronic device can determine that the application associated with the scanning payment is a payment application, such as Alipay, Huawei Wallet, etc., and then can further determine that the page associated with the scanning payment is the payment code in the payment application. Taking the temporary task of scanning a station as an example, the electronic device may determine that the application associated with the scanning station is a subway ride-related application, and then may further determine that the page associated with the scanning station is a subway ride code in the subway ride-related application.
在本实施例中，为方便描述，可以将临时任务关联的应用称为临时任务的关联应用，将临时任务关联的页面称为临时任务的关联页面。当电子设备上只安装临时任务的一种关联应用时，则关联页面为该关联应用的用于完成该临时任务的页面。In this embodiment, for the convenience of description, the application associated with the temporary task may be referred to as the associated application of the temporary task, and the page associated with the temporary task is referred to as the associated page of the temporary task. When only one type of associated application of the temporary task is installed on the electronic device, the associated page is the page of the associated application for completing the temporary task.
当电子设备上安装有临时任务的多种关联应用时，电子设备可以从多种关联应用任一选取一种关联应用，并将选取的关联应用的用于完成该临时任务的页面确定为关联页面。电子设备也可以根据预设条件从多种关联应用中确定一种关联应用，并将确定的关联应用的用于完成该临时任务的页面确定为关联页面。预设条件可以为使用频率，也可以为最近使用过的应用，等等，此次不再一一列举。When multiple associated applications for temporary tasks are installed on the electronic device, the electronic device can select any one of the multiple associated applications, and determine the page of the selected associated application for completing the temporary task as the associated page . The electronic device may also determine an associated application from a plurality of associated applications according to preset conditions, and determine a page of the determined associated application for completing the temporary task as an associated page. The preset condition can be the frequency of use, or the application that has been used recently, etc., and we will not list them all this time.
需要说明的是，虽然行文上，先描述了步骤500a，然后再描述步骤500b和502，并不必然说明步骤500a在步骤500b和502之前执行。步骤500a可以在步骤500b和步骤502之后执行，以临时任务为扫描支付和所在场所为咖啡馆为例，用户进入咖啡馆后，电子设备即可执行步骤500b和步骤502。在用户等待服务人员准备咖啡时，用户可以使用可折叠显示屏210阅读电子书或观看视频。步骤500a也可以在步骤500b和步骤502之前执行，以临时任务为查看短消息为例，用户在使用可折叠显示210阅读电子书时，电子设备接收到了短消息，则电子设备可以执行步骤500b和502。It should be noted that, although step 500a is described first, and then steps 500b and 502 are described, it does not necessarily mean that step 500a is executed before steps 500b and 502. Step 500a can be performed after step 500b and step 502. Taking the temporary task of scanning payment and the location as a coffee shop as an example, after the user enters the coffee shop, the electronic device can perform step 500b and step 502. While the user is waiting for the server to prepare coffee, the user can use the foldable display 210 to read an e-book or watch a video. Step 500a can also be performed before step 500b and step 502. Taking the temporary task of viewing short messages as an example, when the user uses the foldable display 210 to read an e-book, and the electronic device receives the short message, the electronic device can perform steps 500b and 502.
步骤504，当电子设备从展开形态转换到半折叠形态时，电子设备在辅屏上显示临时任务关联的应用或页面。Step 504: When the electronic device transitions from the unfolded form to the half-folded form, the electronic device displays the application or page associated with the temporary task on the auxiliary screen.
容易理解，电子设备从展开形态转换到半折叠形态，相当于其可折叠显示屏(主屏)从展开形态转换到半折叠形态。It is easy to understand that the conversion of the electronic device from the unfolded form to the half-folded form is equivalent to the conversion of its foldable display (main screen) from the unfolded form to the semi-folded form.
当电子设备从展开形态转换到半折叠形态时，电子设备可以通过辅屏220向用户推荐用于完成电子设备确定的临时任务关联的应用或页面。如图6a和图6b所示，当 用户操作图2a和图2b所示的电子设备，将其从展开形态转换到半折叠形态时，辅屏220面向用户。可以将面向用户的辅屏220称为面向用户的小屏。When the electronic device transitions from the unfolded form to the half-folded form, the electronic device can recommend to the user through the auxiliary screen 220 an application or page associated with the temporary task determined by the electronic device. As shown in FIGS. 6a and 6b, when the user operates the electronic device shown in FIGS. 2a and 2b to switch it from the unfolded form to the half-folded form, the auxiliary screen 220 faces the user. The user-oriented auxiliary screen 220 may be referred to as a user-oriented small screen.
在一些实施例中，电子设备可以通过角度传感器检测电子设备的形态转换，进而通过辅屏220向用户推荐临时任务关联应用或页面。如上文对图2a和图2b所示的电子设备的介绍，当角度传感器检测到第一区域211和第二区域212之间夹角的角度由第一角度转换到第二角度时，电子设备可通过辅屏220向用户推荐临时任务关联的应用或页面。In some embodiments, the electronic device may detect the form transition of the electronic device through an angle sensor, and then recommend a temporary task-related application or page to the user through the auxiliary screen 220. As described above for the electronic device shown in FIGS. 2a and 2b, when the angle sensor detects that the angle between the first area 211 and the second area 212 is converted from the first angle to the second angle, the electronic device can The application or page associated with the temporary task is recommended to the user through the auxiliary screen 220.
在一些实施例中，电子设备可以通过角度传感器检测第一区域211和第二区域212之间夹角的第二角度。当第二角度处于预设角度范围内时，电子设备向用户推荐临时任务关联应用或页面。在一个例子中，该预设范围可以为0—45度之间(不包括0度)。在一个例子中，该预设范围可以为0—30度之间(不包括0度)。在一个例子中，该预设范围可以为10—30度之间。等等，此处不再一一列举。在本实施例中，当第一区域211和第二区域212之间夹角的第二角度处于预设角度范围内时，才向用户推荐临时任务关联应用或页面，进而进行相关的临时任务，可以减少可折叠显示屏210显示的内容的暴露程度，较少泄露用户隐私的可能性。In some embodiments, the electronic device can detect the second angle of the included angle between the first area 211 and the second area 212 through an angle sensor. When the second angle is within the preset angle range, the electronic device recommends the temporary task-related application or page to the user. In an example, the preset range may be between 0-45 degrees (not including 0 degrees). In an example, the preset range may be between 0 and 30 degrees (excluding 0 degrees). In an example, the preset range may be between 10-30 degrees. Wait, I won't list them all here. In this embodiment, when the second angle of the included angle between the first area 211 and the second area 212 is within the preset angle range, the temporary task-related application or page is recommended to the user, and then the related temporary task is performed. The exposure degree of the content displayed by the foldable display screen 210 can be reduced, and the possibility of leaking user privacy is less.
在一些实施例中，可折叠显示屏210为触摸显示屏。容易理解，当第一区域211的触摸显示屏和第二区域212触摸显示屏之间夹有物体(例如条形物)时，电子设备处于半折叠形态，即可折叠显示屏210处于半折叠形态。因此，可以通过第一区域211的触摸显示屏和第二区域212触摸显示屏之间夹有物体，来判断电子设备是否处于半折叠形态。对于第一区域211的触摸显示屏和第二区域212触摸显示屏之间夹有的物体，其与第一区域211的触摸显示屏的接触区域可称为第一接触区域，其与第二区域212的触摸显示屏的接触区域可以称为第二接触区域。具体地，第一接触区域可以用第一区域211的触摸显示屏的第一接触面积和第一接触位置来表征，第二接触区域可以用第二区域212的触摸显示屏的第二接触面积和第二接触位置来表征。一般而言，第一接触区域和第二接触区域是对称的或大体对称的，具体而言，第一接触区域和第二接触区域，以第一区域211和第二区域212的夹角的角平分线为对称轴，对称。因此，可以电子设备可以获取第一接触区域和第二接触区域，并判断二者是否以第一区域211和第二区域212的夹角的角平分线为对称轴对称或大体对称，如果对称或大体对称，则说明电子设备处于半折叠形态。In some embodiments, the foldable display 210 is a touch display. It is easy to understand that when an object (such as a bar) is sandwiched between the touch display screen in the first area 211 and the touch display screen in the second area 212, the electronic device is in a half-folded configuration, that is, the foldable display screen 210 is in a half-folded configuration. . Therefore, it is possible to determine whether the electronic device is in a half-folded state through an object sandwiched between the touch display screen of the first area 211 and the touch display screen of the second area 212. For an object sandwiched between the touch display screen in the first area 211 and the touch display screen in the second area 212, the contact area with the touch display screen in the first area 211 may be referred to as the first contact area, which is in contact with the second area. The contact area of the touch display screen of 212 may be referred to as a second contact area. Specifically, the first contact area can be characterized by the first contact area and first contact position of the touch screen of the first area 211, and the second contact area can be characterized by the second contact area and the second contact area of the touch screen of the second area 212. The second contact position is characterized. Generally speaking, the first contact area and the second contact area are symmetrical or substantially symmetrical. Specifically, the first contact area and the second contact area are defined by the angle between the first area 211 and the second area 212. The bisector is the axis of symmetry and is symmetrical. Therefore, the electronic device can obtain the first contact area and the second contact area, and determine whether the two are symmetrical or substantially symmetrical with the bisector of the angle between the first area 211 and the second area 212 as the symmetry axis. Generally symmetrical, the electronic device is in a half-folded configuration.
在一个示例中，以用户的手指处于第一区域211和第二区域212之间为例，电子设备可以获取手指按压或触摸第一区域211的第一接触面积和第一接触位置，以得到第一接触区域。电子设备可以获取手指按压或触摸第二区域212的第二接触面积和第二接触位置，以得到第二接触区域。进而，电子设备可以判断第一接触区域和第二接触区域是否以第一区域211和第二区域212的夹角的角平分线为对称轴对称或大体对称，如果对称或大体对称，则说明电子设备处于半折叠形态。In an example, taking the user's finger between the first area 211 and the second area 212 as an example, the electronic device may obtain the first contact area and the first contact position of the finger pressing or touching the first area 211 to obtain the first One contact area. The electronic device can obtain the second contact area and the second contact position of the finger pressing or touching the second area 212 to obtain the second contact area. Furthermore, the electronic device can determine whether the first contact area and the second contact area are symmetrical or substantially symmetrical with the bisector of the angle between the first area 211 and the second area 212 as the symmetry axis. If symmetrical or substantially symmetrical, the electronic The device is in a half-folded configuration.
当第一区域211和第二区域212之间夹有条形物体时，电子设备通过辅屏220向用户推荐临时任务关联应用或页面。When a strip-shaped object is sandwiched between the first area 211 and the second area 212, the electronic device recommends a temporary task-related application or page to the user through the auxiliary screen 220.
在一些实施例中，继续参阅图6b，电子设备通过辅屏220向用户推荐临时任务关联应用或页面具体为，在辅屏220显示用于完成临时任务的应用的图标。具体地，当 在步骤502中，电子设备确定了临时任务关联的应用时，则在步骤504中，电子设备在辅屏上显示临时任务关联的应用。参阅图6b，电子设备具体可以在辅屏上显示该应用的图标。In some embodiments, continuing to refer to FIG. 6b, the electronic device recommending a temporary task-related application or page to the user through the auxiliary screen 220 specifically includes displaying an icon of an application for completing the temporary task on the auxiliary screen 220. Specifically, when the electronic device determines the application associated with the temporary task in step 502, then in step 504, the electronic device displays the application associated with the temporary task on the auxiliary screen. Referring to Fig. 6b, the electronic device may specifically display the icon of the application on the auxiliary screen.
在该实施例中，该方法还包括：步骤506，当电子设备在辅屏显示上显示临时任务关联的应用时，电子设备接收针对临时任务关联的应用的第一操作，所述第一操作用于指示电子设备显示临时任务关联的页面。In this embodiment, the method further includes: step 506, when the electronic device displays the application associated with the temporary task on the auxiliary screen display, the electronic device receives a first operation for the application associated with the temporary task, and the first operation uses Instruct the electronic device to display the page associated with the temporary task.
具体地，用户可以通过点击应用的图标，进入该应用的运行界面。在一个例子中，该应用的首页可以为临时任务关联的页面，则用户点击该应用的图标，即可使得电子设备在辅屏220上显示临时任务关联的页面。在一个例子中，在进入该应用的运行界面后，用户再经过至少一步的操作，可使电子设备在辅屏220上显示临时任务关联的页面。Specifically, the user can enter the running interface of the application by clicking on the icon of the application. In an example, the home page of the application may be a page associated with the temporary task, and the user clicks on the icon of the application to cause the electronic device to display the page associated with the temporary task on the auxiliary screen 220. In an example, after entering the running interface of the application, the user performs at least one step of operation to enable the electronic device to display the page associated with the temporary task on the auxiliary screen 220.
需要说明的是，步骤506中所述的临时任务关联的页面为根据用户的操作而确定和显示的页面。It should be noted that the page associated with the temporary task described in step 506 is a page determined and displayed according to a user's operation.
在该实施例的一个示例中，以临时任务为扫描支付任务为例。可以设定电子设备上安装有三种支付应用：第一支付应用、第一支付应用、第三支付应用。参阅图6b，在步骤504中，电子设备可以在辅屏220显示：第一支付应用图标、第一支付应用图标、第三支付应用图标。在步骤506中，参阅图6c，用户可以选择点击第一支付应用图标，进而使得辅屏220显示付款码，以进行扫描支付任务。In an example of this embodiment, the temporary task is a scanning payment task as an example. It can be set that there are three payment applications installed on the electronic device: the first payment application, the first payment application, and the third payment application. Referring to Fig. 6b, in step 504, the electronic device may display on the auxiliary screen 220: a first payment application icon, a first payment application icon, and a third payment application icon. In step 506, referring to FIG. 6c, the user can choose to click on the icon of the first payment application, so that the auxiliary screen 220 displays the payment code to perform the scanning payment task.
第一支付应用、第一支付应用、第三支付应用为不同的支付应用，例如第一支付应用可以为支付宝，第二支付应用可以云闪付，第三支付应用可以为华为钱包。The first payment application, the first payment application, and the third payment application are different payment applications. For example, the first payment application can be Alipay, the second payment application can be cloud flash payment, and the third payment application can be Huawei Wallet.
在一些实施例中，电子设备通过辅屏220向用户推荐临时任务关联应用或页面具体为，在辅屏220显示临时任务关联的页面。该页面可以为临时任务关联的应用的运行界面。在该实施例中，在步骤502中，电子设备可以先确定临时任务关联的应用，然后在确定该应用中与临时任务关联的页面(运行界面)。以临时任务为扫描支付为例，在步骤502，可以确定扫描支付关联的应用为支付类应用，例如支付宝、华为钱包等，然后，可进一步确定扫描支付关联的页面为该支付类应用中的付款码。In some embodiments, the electronic device recommending the temporary task-related application or page to the user through the auxiliary screen 220 specifically includes displaying the temporary task-related page on the auxiliary screen 220. This page can be the running interface of the application associated with the temporary task. In this embodiment, in step 502, the electronic device may first determine the application associated with the temporary task, and then determine the page (running interface) associated with the temporary task in the application. Taking the temporary task of scanning payment as an example, in step 502, it can be determined that the application associated with the scanning payment is a payment application, such as Alipay, Huawei Wallet, etc., and then the page associated with the scanning payment can be further determined as the payment in the payment application code.
当在步骤502中，电子设备确定了临时任务的关联页面，则在步骤504中，电子设备可在辅屏上显示临时任务关联的页面。以扫描进站为例，其关联的页面具体可以为地铁乘坐类应用的地铁乘车码。以扫描支付为例，其关联的页面具体可以为支付类应用的付款码。When in step 502, the electronic device determines the associated page of the temporary task, in step 504, the electronic device may display the page associated with the temporary task on the auxiliary screen. Taking the scanning entry as an example, the related page can be the subway transit code of the subway application. Taking scan payment as an example, the associated page can be a payment code of a payment application.
在该实施例中，电子设备在向用户推荐临时任务相关信息时，无须先显示关联应用图标，再根据用户的操作显示关联；而是通过辅屏220直接显示临时任务关联页面，以进行临时任务；从而节省了用户操作，提高了完成临时任务的效率。In this embodiment, when the electronic device recommends temporary task related information to the user, it does not need to display the associated application icon first, and then display the association according to the user's operation; instead, it directly displays the temporary task associated page through the auxiliary screen 220 to perform the temporary task. ; Thereby saving user operations and improving the efficiency of completing temporary tasks.
在一些实施例中，在电子设备通过辅屏220向用户推荐临时任务关联应用或页面，以及显示关联页面，进行临时任务时，可折叠显示屏可以继续显示当前应用的运行界面，从而使得临时任务完成后，用户将电子设备恢复展开形态时，可继续观看或浏览当前应用的运行界面。In some embodiments, when the electronic device recommends a temporary task-related application or page to the user through the auxiliary screen 220, and displays the associated page, when performing a temporary task, the foldable display screen can continue to display the running interface of the current application, so that the temporary task After completion, when the user restores the electronic device to the unfolded form, he can continue to watch or browse the running interface of the current application.
在一些实施例中，可折叠显示屏210为触摸显示屏，在电子设备通过辅屏220向用户推荐临时任务关联应用或页面，以及显示关联页面，进行临时任务时，可折叠显 示屏210可以黑屏，即处于熄灭状态。可折叠显示屏210的触摸组件(例如触摸传感器、压力传感器)维持唤醒状态或可检测触摸信号的状态。当触摸组件检测到第一区域211和第二区域212之间不再夹有条形物体时，电子设备可以点亮可折叠显示屏210，使得可折叠显示屏210继续显示当前应用的运行界面。In some embodiments, the foldable display 210 is a touch display. When the electronic device recommends temporary task-related applications or pages to the user through the auxiliary screen 220 and displays the associated pages, the foldable display 210 may be black when performing temporary tasks. , That is, it is off. The touch components (for example, touch sensor, pressure sensor) of the foldable display 210 maintain an awake state or a state in which touch signals can be detected. When the touch component detects that there is no longer a bar-shaped object between the first area 211 and the second area 212, the electronic device can light up the foldable display 210, so that the foldable display 210 continues to display the running interface of the current application.
在一些实施例中，在电子设备通过辅屏220向用户推荐临时任务关联应用或页面，以及显示关联页面，进行临时任务时，可折叠显示屏210可以黑屏，即处于熄灭状态。可通过角度传感器检测第一区域211和第二区域212之间的夹角的角度，来识别电子设备的形态。当角度传感器检测到电子设备从半折叠形态转换到展开形态时，电子设备可以点亮可折叠显示屏210，使得可折叠显示屏210继续显示当前应用的运行界面。In some embodiments, when the electronic device recommends a temporary task-related application or page to the user through the auxiliary screen 220 and displays the associated page to perform a temporary task, the foldable display screen 210 may be black, that is, in an off state. The angle of the included angle between the first area 211 and the second area 212 can be detected by an angle sensor to identify the form of the electronic device. When the angle sensor detects that the electronic device is converted from the half-folded form to the unfolded form, the electronic device can light up the foldable display screen 210 so that the foldable display screen 210 continues to display the running interface of the current application.
在这些实施例的一个示例中，若可折叠显示屏为触摸显示屏，在电子设备通过辅屏220向用户推荐临时任务关联应用或页面，以及显示关联页面，进行临时任务时，可折叠显示屏210可以黑屏，并且其触摸组件也进入休眠状态，即触摸组件不再检测触摸信号。在该示例中，仅根据角度传感器检测电子设备是否从半折叠形态转换到展开形态。In an example of these embodiments, if the foldable display screen is a touch display screen, when the electronic device recommends the temporary task-related application or page to the user through the auxiliary screen 220, and displays the related page to perform the temporary task, the foldable display screen The screen 210 may be black, and its touch component also enters a sleep state, that is, the touch component no longer detects touch signals. In this example, only the angle sensor detects whether the electronic device is converted from the half-folded form to the unfolded form.
通过本申请实施例提供的屏幕显示方法，可以在不退出当前应用的运行界面的情况下，在电子设备的半折叠形态下，快速完成临时任务，便于用户操作，并且降低了用户隐私泄露的可能性。Through the screen display method provided by the embodiments of this application, temporary tasks can be quickly completed in the half-folded form of the electronic device without exiting the running interface of the current application, which is convenient for user operations and reduces the possibility of user privacy leakage Sex.
接下来，以执行主体为图2a和图2b所示的电子设备为例，结合图7和图8，对本申请实施例提供的另一种屏幕显示方法进行介绍。图8包括图8a和图8b。Next, taking the electronic device shown in FIG. 2a and FIG. 2b as the execution subject as an example, in conjunction with FIG. 7 and FIG. 8, another screen display method provided by an embodiment of the present application will be introduced. Figure 8 includes Figures 8a and 8b.
参阅图7，该方法包括以下步骤。Referring to Figure 7, the method includes the following steps.
步骤700a，电子设备处于展开形态，且其可折叠显示屏显示当前应用的运行界面。具体可以参考上文对步骤500a的介绍，在此不再赘述。In step 700a, the electronic device is in an expanded state, and its foldable display screen displays the running interface of the current application. For details, please refer to the above description of step 500a, which will not be repeated here.
容易理解，电子设备处于展开形态，相对于其可折叠显示屏(主屏)处于展开形态。It is easy to understand that the electronic device is in an unfolded form, relative to its foldable display screen (main screen) in an unfolded form.
步骤700b，电子设备确定当前需要的临时任务。具体可以参考上文对步骤500b的介绍，在此不再赘述。In step 700b, the electronic device determines the temporary task currently needed. For details, please refer to the description of step 500b above, which will not be repeated here.
步骤702，电子设备确定临时任务关联的应用。具体可以参考上文对步骤502的介绍，在此不再赘述。Step 702: The electronic device determines an application associated with the temporary task. For details, please refer to the introduction of step 502 above, which will not be repeated here.
步骤704，当电子设备从展开形态转换到折叠形态时，电子设备在可辅屏上显示临时任务关联的应用。Step 704: When the electronic device transitions from the expanded form to the folded form, the electronic device displays the application associated with the temporary task on the auxiliary screen.
容易理解，电子设备从展开形态转换到折叠形态，相当于其可折叠显示屏(主屏)从展开形态转换到折叠形态。It is easy to understand that the conversion of the electronic device from the unfolded form to the folded form is equivalent to the conversion of its foldable display screen (main screen) from the unfolded form to the folded form.
如图8a和图8b所示，当用户操作图2a和图2b所示的电子设备，将其从展开形态转换到折叠形态时，辅屏220面向用户。可以将面向用户的辅屏220称为面向用户的小屏。电子设备可以通过角度传感器检测电子设备的形态转换。如上文对图2a和图2b所示的电子设备的介绍，当角度传感器检测到第一区域211和第二区域212之间夹角的角度由第一角度转换到第三角度时，可通过辅屏220向用户推荐临时任务关联的应用。具体地，可以在辅屏220上显示临时任务关联的应用的图标。As shown in Figs. 8a and 8b, when the user operates the electronic device shown in Figs. 2a and 2b to switch it from the expanded form to the folded form, the auxiliary screen 220 faces the user. The user-oriented auxiliary screen 220 may be referred to as a user-oriented small screen. The electronic device can detect the form change of the electronic device through the angle sensor. As described above for the electronic device shown in Figures 2a and 2b, when the angle sensor detects that the angle between the first area 211 and the second area 212 is converted from the first angle to the third angle, the auxiliary The screen 220 recommends applications associated with the temporary task to the user. Specifically, the icon of the application associated with the temporary task may be displayed on the auxiliary screen 220.
当电子设备从展开形态转换到折叠形态时，电子设备可以在辅屏220上显示第一 界面，并在第一界面上显示应用的图标。第一界面为与当前应用的运行界面相关的界面。图标可以显示在第一界面的一侧。在一个例子中，如图8b所示，电子设备可以在第一界面的左侧区域显示应用的图标。在一个例子中，电子设备可以在第一界面的右侧区域显示应用的图标。在一个例子中，电子设备可以在第一界面的顶层侧区域显示应用的图标。在一个例子中，电子设备可以在第一界面的底侧显示应用的图标。When the electronic device is converted from the expanded form to the folded form, the electronic device may display the first interface on the auxiliary screen 220 and display the application icon on the first interface. The first interface is an interface related to the running interface of the current application. The icon can be displayed on one side of the first interface. In an example, as shown in FIG. 8b, the electronic device may display an application icon in the left area of the first interface. In an example, the electronic device may display an application icon in the right area of the first interface. In an example, the electronic device may display an application icon on the top side area of the first interface. In an example, the electronic device may display an application icon on the bottom side of the first interface.
为尽量减少图标对第一界面上的界面元素的显示的影响，电子设备可以将图标缩小，以小图标的形式显示在第一界面的一侧。在一个例子中，如图8b所示，第一界面上可以显示小图标8b01、小图标8b02等小图标。小图标8b01、小图标8b02等小图标具体为将对应的应用的图标缩小后的图标。In order to minimize the influence of the icons on the display of interface elements on the first interface, the electronic device may reduce the icons and display them on one side of the first interface in the form of small icons. In an example, as shown in FIG. 8b, small icons such as small icons 8b01 and 8b02 may be displayed on the first interface. The small icons such as the small icon 8b01 and the small icon 8b02 are specifically icons obtained by reducing the icons of the corresponding applications.
在一个例子中，电子设备可以将应用的图标以浮层图标的形式显示在第一界面上，其中，浮层图标可以设计为半透明状，以尽量少地影响第一界面的显示。In an example, the electronic device may display the application icon on the first interface in the form of a floating layer icon, where the floating layer icon may be designed to be semi-transparent to minimize the influence on the display of the first interface.
在一些实施例中，第一界面可以为可折叠显示屏210上的当前应用的运行界面的至少部分界面。In some embodiments, the first interface may be at least a part of the running interface of the current application on the foldable display screen 210.
在这些实施例的一个示例中，如图8a和图8b所示，电子设备可以根据可折叠显示屏210显示的当前应用的运行界面中第一区域211显示的第一运行界面，在辅屏220上显示第一界面。In an example of these embodiments, as shown in FIG. 8a and FIG. 8b, the electronic device may display the first running interface displayed in the first area 211 in the running interface of the current application displayed on the foldable display screen 210, on the auxiliary screen 220 The first interface is displayed on the screen.
当第一区域211的屏幕尺寸和辅屏220的屏幕尺寸相同时，参阅图8b，第一界面可以为第一运行界面。屏幕尺寸可包括屏幕的面积、屏幕宽度(width)和高度(height)的比值等。当第一区域211的屏幕尺寸和辅屏220的屏幕尺寸不同时，电子设备可以根据辅屏220的屏幕尺寸，调整第一运行界面中的界面元素和/或者界面元素的排布方式，以适应辅屏220的屏幕尺寸。界面元素可以为文字、图像等。例如，若辅屏220的屏幕尺寸小于第一区域211，可以将第一运行界面中的界面元素等比例缩小后显示在辅屏220上，也可以将第一运行界面中的部分界面元素显示在辅屏220上，也可以将界面元素之间的间距缩小后显示在辅屏220上。When the screen size of the first area 211 is the same as the screen size of the auxiliary screen 220, referring to FIG. 8b, the first interface may be the first running interface. The screen size may include the area of the screen, the ratio of the screen width (width) to the height (height), and so on. When the screen size of the first area 211 and the screen size of the auxiliary screen 220 are different, the electronic device may adjust the arrangement of interface elements and/or interface elements in the first running interface according to the screen size of the auxiliary screen 220 to adapt to The screen size of the auxiliary screen 220. The interface elements can be text, images, etc. For example, if the screen size of the auxiliary screen 220 is smaller than the first area 211, the interface elements in the first running interface can be scaled down and displayed on the auxiliary screen 220, or part of the interface elements in the first running interface can be displayed on the On the auxiliary screen 220, the spacing between interface elements may also be reduced and displayed on the auxiliary screen 220.
在这些实施例的一个示例中，电子设备可以根据可折叠显示屏210显示的当前应用的运行界面中第二区域212显示的第二运行界面，在辅屏220上显示第一界面。当第二区域212的屏幕尺寸和辅屏的屏幕尺寸相同时，第一界面可以为第二运行界面。当第二区域212的屏幕尺寸和辅屏220的屏幕尺寸不同时，电子设备可以根据辅屏220的屏幕尺寸，调整第二运行界面中的界面元素和/或者界面元素的排布方式，以适应辅屏220的屏幕尺寸。具体可以参考上文对电子设备调整第一运行界面的介绍，此处不再赘述。In an example of these embodiments, the electronic device may display the first interface on the auxiliary screen 220 according to the second running interface displayed in the second area 212 in the running interface of the current application displayed on the foldable display screen 210. When the screen size of the second area 212 is the same as the screen size of the auxiliary screen, the first interface may be the second running interface. When the screen size of the second area 212 and the screen size of the auxiliary screen 220 are different, the electronic device may adjust the interface elements and/or the arrangement of the interface elements in the second running interface according to the screen size of the auxiliary screen 220 to adapt to The screen size of the auxiliary screen 220. For details, please refer to the above introduction of adjusting the first operating interface of the electronic device, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中，电子设备可以根据辅屏220的屏幕尺寸，调整可折叠显示屏210显示的当前应用的运行界面中的界面元素或者界面元素的排布方式，以适应辅屏220的屏幕尺寸。然后将调整后的运行界面作为第一界面显示在辅屏220上。调整运行界面中的界面元素或者界面元素的排布方式可以参考上文对电子设备调整第一界面的介绍，此处不再赘述。In some embodiments, the electronic device can adjust the interface elements in the running interface of the current application displayed on the foldable display 210 or the arrangement of the interface elements according to the screen size of the auxiliary screen 220 to adapt to the screen size of the auxiliary screen 220 . Then, the adjusted operating interface is displayed on the auxiliary screen 220 as the first interface. For adjusting the interface elements in the running interface or the arrangement of the interface elements, please refer to the introduction of adjusting the first interface of the electronic device above, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中，可折叠显示屏210为触摸显示屏，在电子设备通过辅屏220向用户推荐临时任务关联应用或页面，以及显示关联页面，进行临时任务时，可折叠显示屏210可以黑屏，即处于熄灭状态。可折叠显示屏210的触摸组件(例如触摸传感 器、压力传感器)维持唤醒状态或可检测触摸信号的状态。当触摸组件检测到触摸信号时，说明电子设备已不再是折叠形态，电子设备可以点亮可折叠显示屏210，使得可折叠显示屏210继续显示当前应用的运行界面。In some embodiments, the foldable display 210 is a touch display. When the electronic device recommends temporary task-related applications or pages to the user through the auxiliary screen 220 and displays the associated pages, the foldable display 210 may be black when performing temporary tasks. , That is, it is off. The touch components (e.g., touch sensor, pressure sensor) of the foldable display 210 maintain a wake-up state or a state where touch signals can be detected. When the touch component detects a touch signal, it indicates that the electronic device is no longer in a folded form, and the electronic device can light up the foldable display 210, so that the foldable display 210 continues to display the running interface of the current application.
在一些实施例中，在电子设备通过辅屏220向用户推荐临时任务关联应用或页面，以及显示关联页面，进行临时任务时，可折叠显示屏210可以黑屏，即处于熄灭状态。可通过角度传感器检测第一区域211和第二区域212之间的夹角的角度，来识别电子设备的形态。当角度传感器检测到电子设备从折叠形态转换到半折叠形态，或者检测到电子设备从折叠形态转换到展开形态时，电子设备可以点亮可折叠显示屏210，使得可折叠显示屏210继续显示当前应用的运行界面。In some embodiments, when the electronic device recommends a temporary task-related application or page to the user through the auxiliary screen 220 and displays the associated page to perform a temporary task, the foldable display screen 210 may be black, that is, in an off state. The angle of the included angle between the first area 211 and the second area 212 can be detected by an angle sensor to identify the form of the electronic device. When the angle sensor detects that the electronic device is converted from the folded form to the half-folded form, or detects that the electronic device is converted from the folded form to the unfolded form, the electronic device can light up the foldable display 210 so that the foldable display 210 continues to display the current The running interface of the application.
在这些实施例的一个示例中，若可折叠显示屏为触摸显示屏，在电子设备通过辅屏220向用户推荐临时任务关联应用或页面，以及显示关联页面，进行临时任务时，可折叠显示屏210可以黑屏，并且其触摸组件也进入休眠状态。在该示例中，可仅根据角度传感器检测电子设备是否从折叠形态转换到展开形态，或者检测电子设备是否从折叠形态转换到半折叠形态。In an example of these embodiments, if the foldable display screen is a touch display screen, when the electronic device recommends the temporary task-related application or page to the user through the auxiliary screen 220, and displays the related page to perform the temporary task, the foldable display screen 210 may have a black screen, and its touch components also enter a sleep state. In this example, it is possible to detect whether the electronic device is converted from the folded form to the unfolded form, or detect whether the electronic device is converted from the folded form to the half-folded form, based on the angle sensor alone.
步骤706，电子设备接收针对临时任务关联的应用的第一操作，所述第一操作用于指示电子设备显示临时任务关联的页面。Step 706: The electronic device receives a first operation for the application associated with the temporary task, where the first operation is used to instruct the electronic device to display the page associated with the temporary task.
具体地，用户可以通过点击应用的图标(或小图标)，进入该应用的运行界面。在一个例子中，该应用的首页可以为临时任务关联的页面，则用户点击该应用的图标，即可使得电子设备在辅屏220上显示临时任务关联的页面。在一个例子中，在进入该应用的运行界面后，用户再经过至少一步的操作，可使电子设备在辅屏220上显示临时任务关联的页面。Specifically, the user can enter the running interface of the application by clicking the icon (or small icon) of the application. In an example, the home page of the application may be a page associated with the temporary task, and the user clicks on the icon of the application to cause the electronic device to display the page associated with the temporary task on the auxiliary screen 220. In an example, after entering the running interface of the application, the user performs at least one step of operation to enable the electronic device to display the page associated with the temporary task on the auxiliary screen 220.
在一些实施例中，临时任务关联的页面等临时任务关联的应用的运行界面包括回退键。用户可以点击回退键，退出临时任务关联的应用的运行界面，以使辅屏220再次显示第一界面。当用户再次将电子设备恢复到展开信息形态时，可折叠显示屏210继续显示当前应用的运行界面，以使用户可继续观看或浏览当前应用的运行界面。In some embodiments, the running interface of an application associated with a temporary task, such as a page associated with a temporary task, includes a back button. The user can click the back button to exit the running interface of the application associated with the temporary task, so that the auxiliary screen 220 displays the first interface again. When the user restores the electronic device to the expanded information form again, the foldable display 210 continues to display the running interface of the current application, so that the user can continue to watch or browse the running interface of the current application.
通过本申请实施例提供的屏幕显示方法，可以在不退出当前应用的运行界面的情况下，在电子设备的折叠形态下，快速完成临时任务，便于用户操作，并且降低了用户隐私泄露的可能性。Through the screen display method provided by the embodiments of the present application, temporary tasks can be completed quickly in the folded form of the electronic device without exiting the running interface of the current application, which is convenient for user operations and reduces the possibility of user privacy leakage .
接下来，以执行主体为图3a、图3b和图3c所示的电子设备为例，结合图9和10，对本申请实施例提供的另一种屏幕显示方法进行介绍。图10包括图10a和图10b。Next, taking the electronic device shown in FIG. 3a, FIG. 3b, and FIG. 3c as an example, in conjunction with FIGS. 9 and 10, another screen display method provided by an embodiment of the present application will be introduced. Figure 10 includes Figures 10a and 10b.
参阅图9，该方法包括以下步骤。Referring to Figure 9, the method includes the following steps.
步骤900a，电子设备处于展开形态，且其可折叠显示屏显示当前应用的运行界面。具体可以参考上文对步骤500a的介绍，在此不再赘述。In step 900a, the electronic device is in an unfolded state, and its foldable display screen displays the running interface of the current application. For details, please refer to the above description of step 500a, which will not be repeated here.
容易理解，电子设备处于展开形态，相当于其可折叠显示屏处于展开形态。It is easy to understand that the electronic device is in the unfolded form, which is equivalent to the foldable display screen in the unfolded form.
步骤900b，电子设备确定当前需要的临时任务。具体可以参考上文对步骤500b的介绍，在此不再赘述。 Step 900b, the electronic device determines the temporary task currently needed. For details, please refer to the description of step 500b above, which will not be repeated here.
步骤902，电子设备确定临时任务关联的应用。具体可以参考上文对步骤502的介绍，在此不再赘述。Step 902: The electronic device determines an application associated with the temporary task. For details, please refer to the introduction of step 502 above, which will not be repeated here.
步骤904，当电子设备从展开形态转换到折叠形态时，电子设备在可折叠显示屏 的A区域或B区域上显示临时任务关联的应用。In step 904, when the electronic device transitions from the expanded form to the folded form, the electronic device displays the temporary task-related application on the A or B area of the foldable display screen.
容易理解，电子设备从展开形态转换到折叠形态，相当于其可折叠显示屏从展开形态转换到折叠形态。It is easy to understand that the conversion of the electronic device from the unfolded form to the folded form is equivalent to the conversion of its foldable display screen from the unfolded form to the folded form.
如上文对图3a、图3b和图3c所示的电子设备的介绍，电子设备处于折叠形态时，A区域301和B区域302分别为电子设备的两个外侧面，电子设备可以在A区域301或B区域302上显示第一界面，在并在第一界面上显示应用的图标。第一界面为与当前应用的运行界面相关的界面。As described above for the electronic devices shown in Figures 3a, 3b, and 3c, when the electronic device is in a folded configuration, the A area 301 and the B area 302 are the two outer sides of the electronic device, and the electronic device can be in the A area 301 Or, the first interface is displayed on the B area 302, and the application icon is displayed on the first interface. The first interface is an interface related to the running interface of the current application.
图标在第一界面上的位置可以参考上文对步骤704的介绍，在此不再赘述。For the position of the icon on the first interface, reference may be made to the introduction of step 704 above, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中，电子设备可以通过角度传感器检测电子设备的形态转换。当角度传感器检测到A区域301和B区域302之间的夹角的角度由展开形态对应的角度转换到折叠形态对应的角度时，电子设备可以在A区域301或B区域302上显示第一界面，并在第一界面上显示应用的图标。In some embodiments, the electronic device can detect the form change of the electronic device through an angle sensor. When the angle sensor detects that the angle between the A area 301 and the B area 302 is converted from the angle corresponding to the expanded form to the angle corresponding to the folded form, the electronic device can display the first interface on the A area 301 or the B area 302 , And display the application icon on the first interface.
在一些实施例中，电子设备可以获取用户手指按压或触摸A区域301的第三接触面积和第三接触位置，以及获取用户手指按压或触摸B区域302的第四接触面积和第四接触位置。电子设备可以根据第三接触面积、第三接触位置、第四接触面积、第四接触位置判断可折叠显示屏300是否转换到折叠形态，即判断电子设备是否转换到折叠形态。容易理解，一般而言，当图3a、图3b、图3c所示的电子设备处于折叠形态时，用户握持该电子设备方式为：除大拇指之外的四个手指与电子设备一面的显示屏(A区域301或B区域302)接触，大拇指于电子设备另一面的显示屏(B区域302或A区域301)接触。因此，电子设备可以根据电子设备两面的显示屏上的接触面积、接触位置判断电子设备是否处于折叠形态。In some embodiments, the electronic device may obtain the third contact area and the third contact position of the user's finger pressing or touching the A area 301, and obtain the fourth contact area and the fourth contact position of the user's finger pressing or touching the B area 302. The electronic device can determine whether the foldable display screen 300 is converted to the folded form according to the third contact area, the third contact position, the fourth contact area, and the fourth contact position, that is, whether the electronic device is converted to the folded form. It is easy to understand that, generally speaking, when the electronic device shown in Figures 3a, 3b, and 3c is in a folded configuration, the user holds the electronic device as follows: Four fingers other than the thumb and the display on the side of the electronic device The screen (A area 301 or B area 302) touches, and the thumb touches the display screen (B area 302 or A area 301) on the other side of the electronic device. Therefore, the electronic device can determine whether the electronic device is in a folded form according to the contact area and the contact position on the display screens on both sides of the electronic device.
在一些实施例中，当电子设备从展开形态转换到折叠形态时，电子设备可以获取A区域301的第三接触面积和B区域302的第四接触面积，并比较第三接触面积和第四接触面积的大小。当第三接触面积小于第四接触面积时，电子设备在A区域301显示第一界面。当第四接触面积小于第三接触面积时，电子设备在B区域302显示第一界面。In some embodiments, when the electronic device is converted from the unfolded form to the folded form, the electronic device can obtain the third contact area of the A area 301 and the fourth contact area of the B area 302, and compare the third contact area with the fourth contact area. The size of the area. When the third contact area is smaller than the fourth contact area, the electronic device displays the first interface in the A area 301. When the fourth contact area is smaller than the third contact area, the electronic device displays the first interface in the B area 302.
参阅图10b，一般而言，若用户握持处于折叠形态的电子设备，大拇指之外的四个手指与电子设备背离用户的一侧接触，而面向用户的一侧至多由大拇指接触。显然，四个手指接触电子设备的面积大于大拇指接触电子设备的面积。因此，可以电子设备可以通过比较第三接触面积和B区域302的第四接触面积大小，确定面向用户的是A区域301，还是B区域302。Referring to FIG. 10b, generally speaking, if a user holds an electronic device in a folded configuration, the four fingers other than the thumb contact the side of the electronic device away from the user, and the side facing the user is at most contacted by the thumb. Obviously, the area of the four fingers touching the electronic device is larger than the area of the thumb touching the electronic device. Therefore, the electronic device can determine whether the area facing the user is the A area 301 or the B area 302 by comparing the third contact area with the fourth contact area of the B area 302.
在一些实施例中，当电子设备从展开形态转换到折叠形态时，电子设备在可折叠显示屏的A区域301显示第一界面，并且使B区域302黑屏。第一界面可以为展开形态下A区域301显示的当前应用的运行界面。In some embodiments, when the electronic device transitions from the expanded form to the folded form, the electronic device displays the first interface in the A area 301 of the foldable display screen, and the B area 302 is blacked out. The first interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed in area A 301 in the expanded form.
在该实施例中，使B区域302黑屏，A区域301继续显示当前应用的运行界面，从而可以继续保持当前应用继续处于运行状态，并且在进行临时任务时，避免B区域302上的信息的暴露以及节省能耗。In this embodiment, the B area 302 is blacked out, and the A area 301 continues to display the running interface of the current application, so that the current application can continue to be in a running state, and the information on the B area 302 is prevented from being exposed during temporary tasks. And save energy.
在一些实施例中，当电子设备从展开形态转换到折叠形态时，电子设备在可折叠显示屏的B区域302显示第一界面，并且使A区域301黑屏。参阅图10a和图10b， 第一界面可以为在展开形态下B区域302显示的当前应用的运行界面。In some embodiments, when the electronic device transitions from the unfolded form to the folded form, the electronic device displays the first interface in the B area 302 of the foldable display screen, and makes the A area 301 black. Referring to FIGS. 10a and 10b, the first interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed in area B 302 in the expanded state.
在该实施例中，使A区域301黑屏，B区域302继续显示当前应用的运行界面，从而可以继续保持当前应用继续处于运行状态，并且在进行临时任务时，避免A区域301上的信息的暴露以及节省能耗。In this embodiment, the A area 301 is blacked out, and the B area 302 continues to display the running interface of the current application, so that the current application can continue to be in a running state, and when a temporary task is performed, the information on the A area 301 is prevented from being exposed And save energy.
在一些实施例中，当A区域301和B区域302中任意一个处于黑屏时，处于黑屏状态的屏幕区域的触摸组件可以维持唤醒状态或监测触摸信号的状态，使得A区域301的触摸组件和B区域302的触摸组件可以联合判断电子设备是否从折叠形态转换为展开形态(例如，可以判断A区域301和B区域302是否同时分别接收两根条形物(例如左手大拇指和右手大拇指)的触摸，若是，则说明电子设备从折叠形态转换为展开形态)，进而使得可折叠显示屏300可继续显示当前应用的运行界面。In some embodiments, when any one of the A area 301 and the B area 302 is in a black screen, the touch components of the screen area in the black screen state can maintain the wake-up state or monitor the state of the touch signal, so that the touch components of the A area 301 and B The touch component of the area 302 can jointly determine whether the electronic device is converted from the folded form to the expanded form (for example, it can be judged whether the A area 301 and the B area 302 respectively receive two strips (for example, the left thumb and the right thumb). If it is touched, it means that the electronic device is converted from the folded form to the expanded form), so that the foldable display screen 300 can continue to display the running interface of the current application.
在一些实施例中，当A区域301和B区域302中任意一个处于黑屏时，处于黑屏状态的屏幕区域的触摸组件可以处于休眠状态，不再监测触摸信号。可通过角度传感器监测A区域301和B区域302之间的夹角的角度，来识别电子设备的形态。当角度传感器检测到电子设备从半折叠形态转换到展开形态时，电子设备可以点亮A区域301，使得可折叠显示屏300继续正常显示当前应用的运行界面。In some embodiments, when any one of the A area 301 and the B area 302 is in a black screen, the touch components of the screen area in the black screen state may be in a dormant state and no longer monitor touch signals. The angle of the included angle between the A area 301 and the B area 302 can be monitored by an angle sensor to identify the form of the electronic device. When the angle sensor detects that the electronic device is converted from the half-folded form to the unfolded form, the electronic device can light up the A area 301 so that the foldable display screen 300 continues to display the running interface of the current application normally.
在一些实施例中，当电子设备从展开形态转换到折叠形态时，电子设备在可折叠显示屏的B区域302显示第一界面，A区域301可以显示第二界面。第一界面可以为在展开形态下B区域302显示的当前应用的运行界面。第二界面可以为在展开形态下A区域301显示的当前应用的运行界面，也可以为其他界面(例如屏保界面等)。在该实施例中，可以通过A区域301的触摸组件和B区域302的触摸组件可以联合判断电子设备是否从折叠形态转换为展开形态，也可以通过角度传感器判断判断电子设备是否从折叠形态转换为展开形态。In some embodiments, when the electronic device transitions from the expanded form to the folded form, the electronic device displays the first interface in the B area 302 of the foldable display screen, and the A area 301 may display the second interface. The first interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed in area B 302 in the expanded state. The second interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed in area A 301 in the expanded form, or may be other interfaces (such as a screen saver interface, etc.). In this embodiment, the touch components in the A area 301 and the touch components in the B area 302 can jointly determine whether the electronic device is converted from the folded form to the unfolded form, and the angle sensor can also be used to determine whether the electronic device is converted from the folded form to the unfolded form. Expand the form.
在一些实施例中，当电子设备从展开形态转换到折叠形态时，电子设备在可折叠显示屏的A区域301可以显示第一界面，B区域302可以显示第二界面。第一界面可以为在展开形态下A区域301显示的当前应用的运行界面。第二界面可以为在展开形态下B区域302显示的当前应用的运行界面，也可以为其他界面(例如屏保界面等)。在该实施例中，可以通过A区域301的触摸组件和B区域302的触摸组件可以联合判断电子设备是否转换到了展开形态，也可以通过角度传感器判断判断电子设备是否转换到了展开形态。In some embodiments, when the electronic device is converted from the expanded form to the folded form, the electronic device may display the first interface in the A area 301 of the foldable display screen, and the B area 302 may display the second interface. The first interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed in area A 301 in the expanded form. The second interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed in area B 302 in the expanded form, or may be other interfaces (such as a screen saver interface, etc.). In this embodiment, the touch components in the A area 301 and the touch components in the B area 302 can be used to jointly determine whether the electronic device is converted to the expanded form, or the angle sensor can be used to determine whether the electronic device is converted to the expanded form.
在一些实施例中，当电子设备从展开形态转换到折叠形态时，电子设备在可折叠显示屏的A区域301显示第一界面，并且使B区域302黑屏。第一界面可以为在展开形态下可折叠显示屏300显示的当前应用的运行界面。即第一界面为在展开形态下A区域301、B区域302、C区域303共同显示的界面。在该实施例中，电子设备可以根据A区域301的屏幕尺寸，调整可折叠显示屏300显示的当前应用的运行界面中的界面元素或者界面元素的排布方式，以适应A区域301的屏幕尺寸。然后将调整后的运行界面作为第一界面显示在A区域301上。调整运行界面中的界面元素或者界面元素的排布方式可以参考上文对步骤704的介绍，此处不再赘述。In some embodiments, when the electronic device transitions from the expanded form to the folded form, the electronic device displays the first interface in the A area 301 of the foldable display screen, and the B area 302 is blacked out. The first interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed on the foldable display screen 300 in the expanded state. That is, the first interface is the interface displayed together in the A area 301, the B area 302, and the C area 303 in the expanded state. In this embodiment, the electronic device can adjust the interface elements in the running interface of the current application displayed on the foldable display 300 or the arrangement of the interface elements according to the screen size of the A area 301 to adapt to the screen size of the A area 301 . Then the adjusted operating interface is displayed on the A area 301 as the first interface. For adjusting the interface elements in the running interface or the arrangement of the interface elements, please refer to the introduction of step 704 above, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中，当电子设备从展开形态转换到折叠形态时，电子设备在可折叠显示屏的B区域302显示第一界面，并且使A区域301黑屏。第一界面可以为在展开 形态下可折叠显示屏300显示的当前应用的运行界面。即第一界面为在展开形态下A区域301、B区域302、C区域303共同显示的界面。在该实施例中，电子设备可以根据B区域302的屏幕尺寸，调整可折叠显示屏300显示的当前应用的运行界面中的界面元素或者界面元素的排布方式，以适应B区域302的屏幕尺寸。然后将调整后的运行界面作为第一界面显示在B区域302上。调整运行界面中的界面元素或者界面元素的排布方式可以参考上文对步骤704的介绍，此处不再赘述。In some embodiments, when the electronic device transitions from the unfolded form to the folded form, the electronic device displays the first interface in the B area 302 of the foldable display screen, and makes the A area 301 black. The first interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed on the foldable display screen 300 in the expanded state. That is, the first interface is the interface displayed together in the A area 301, the B area 302, and the C area 303 in the expanded state. In this embodiment, the electronic device can adjust the interface elements in the running interface of the current application displayed on the foldable display 300 or the arrangement of interface elements according to the screen size of the B area 302 to adapt to the screen size of the B area 302 . Then, the adjusted operating interface is displayed on the B area 302 as the first interface. For adjusting the interface elements in the running interface or the arrangement of the interface elements, please refer to the introduction of step 704 above, which will not be repeated here.
步骤906，电子设备接收针对临时任务关联的应用的第一操作，所述第一操作用于指示电子设备显示临时任务关联的页面。Step 906: The electronic device receives a first operation for the application associated with the temporary task, where the first operation is used to instruct the electronic device to display the page associated with the temporary task.
具体地，用户可以通过点击应用的图标(或小图标)，进入该应用的运行界面。在一个例子中，该应用的首页可以为临时任务关联的页面，则用户点击该应用的图标，即可使得电子设备在A区域301或B区域302显示临时任务关联的页面。在一个例子中，在进入该应用的运行界面后，用户再经过至少一步的操作，可使电子设备在A区域301或B区域302上显示临时任务关联的页面。Specifically, the user can enter the running interface of the application by clicking the icon (or small icon) of the application. In an example, the home page of the application may be a page associated with a temporary task, and the user clicks on the icon of the application to cause the electronic device to display the page associated with the temporary task in area A 301 or area B 302. In one example, after entering the running interface of the application, the user performs at least one step of operation to enable the electronic device to display the page associated with the temporary task on the A area 301 or the B area 302.
在一些实施例中，临时任务关联的页面等临时任务关联的应用的运行界面包括回退键。用户可以点击回退键，退出临时任务关联的应用的运行界面，以使A区域301或B区域302再次显示第一界面。当用户再次将电子设备恢复到展开信息形态时，可折叠显示屏300继续显示当前应用的运行界面，以使用户可继续观看或浏览当前应用的运行界面。In some embodiments, the running interface of an application associated with a temporary task, such as a page associated with a temporary task, includes a back button. The user can click the back button to exit the running interface of the application associated with the temporary task, so that the A area 301 or the B area 302 displays the first interface again. When the user restores the electronic device to the expanded information form again, the foldable display screen 300 continues to display the running interface of the current application, so that the user can continue to watch or browse the running interface of the current application.
通过本申请实施例提供的屏幕显示方法，可以在不退出当前应用的运行界面的情况下，在电子设备的折叠形态下，快速完成临时任务，便于用户操作，并且降低了用户隐私泄露的可能性。Through the screen display method provided by the embodiments of the present application, temporary tasks can be completed quickly in the folded form of the electronic device without exiting the running interface of the current application, which is convenient for user operations and reduces the possibility of user privacy leakage .
接下来，以执行主体为图3a、图3b和图3c所示的电子设备为例，结合图11，对本申请实施例提供的另一种屏幕显示方法进行介绍。Next, taking the electronic device shown in FIG. 3a, FIG. 3b, and FIG. 3c as an example, in conjunction with FIG. 11, another screen display method provided by an embodiment of the present application will be introduced.
参阅图11，该方法包括以下步骤。Referring to Figure 11, the method includes the following steps.
步骤1100a，电子设备处于展开形态，且其可折叠显示屏显示当前应用的运行界面。具体可以参考上文对步骤500a的介绍，在此不再赘述。In step 1100a, the electronic device is in an expanded configuration, and its foldable display screen displays the running interface of the current application. For details, please refer to the above description of step 500a, which will not be repeated here.
容易理解，电子设备设备处于展开形态，相当于其可折叠显示屏处于展开形态。It is easy to understand that the electronic device is in the unfolded form, which is equivalent to its foldable display screen in the unfolded form.
步骤1100b，电子设备确定当前需要的临时任务。具体可以参考上文对步骤500b的介绍，在此不再赘述。 Step 1100b, the electronic device determines the temporary task currently needed. For details, please refer to the description of step 500b above, which will not be repeated here.
步骤1102，电子设备确定临时任务关联的应用。具体可以参考上文对步骤502的介绍，在此不再赘述。Step 1102: The electronic device determines an application associated with the temporary task. For details, please refer to the introduction of step 502 above, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中，电子设备在确定了临时任务关联的应用后，可进一步确定临时任务关联的页面，该页面可以为确定的临时任务关联的应用运行界面。具体可以参考上文对图5中步骤502的介绍，在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, after determining the application associated with the temporary task, the electronic device may further determine the page associated with the temporary task, and the page may be an application running interface associated with the determined temporary task. For details, reference may be made to the above description of step 502 in FIG. 5, which will not be repeated here.
步骤1104，当电子设备从展开形态转换到半折叠形态时，电子设备在可折叠显示屏的A区域或B区域上显示临时任务关联的应用。Step 1104: When the electronic device is converted from the unfolded form to the half-folded form, the electronic device displays the temporary task-related application on the A or B area of the foldable display screen.
容易理解，电子设备从展开形态转换到折叠形态，相当于其可折叠显示屏从展开形态转换到半折叠形态。It is easy to understand that the conversion of the electronic device from the unfolded form to the folded form is equivalent to the conversion of its foldable display screen from the unfolded form to the half-folded form.
在一些实施例中，电子设备可以通过角度传感器检测电子设备的形态转换。当角 度传感器检测到A区域301和B区域302之间的夹角的角度由展开形态对应的角度转换到半折叠形态对应的角度时，电子设备可以在A区域301或B区域302上显示临时任务关联的应用。In some embodiments, the electronic device can detect the form change of the electronic device through an angle sensor. When the angle sensor detects that the angle between the A area 301 and the B area 302 is converted from the angle corresponding to the unfolded form to the angle corresponding to the half-folded form, the electronic device can display the temporary task on the A area 301 or the B area 302 Associated applications.
在一些实施例中，当电子设备从展开形态转换到半折叠形态时，电子设备在可折叠显示屏的A区域301显示第一界面，并在第一界面上显示临时任务关联的应用，以及使B区域黑屏。第一界面可以为展开形态下A区域301显示的当前应用的运行界面。In some embodiments, when the electronic device transitions from the unfolded form to the half-folded form, the electronic device displays the first interface in area A 301 of the foldable display screen, and displays the temporary task-related application on the first interface, and makes Black screen in area B. The first interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed in area A 301 in the expanded form.
在该实施例中，使B区域302黑屏，A区域301继续显示当前应用的运行界面，从而可以继续保持当前应用继续处于运行状态，并且在进行临时任务时，避免B区域302上的信息的暴露以及节省能耗。In this embodiment, the B area 302 is blacked out, and the A area 301 continues to display the running interface of the current application, so that the current application can continue to be in a running state, and the information on the B area 302 is prevented from being exposed during temporary tasks. And save energy.
在一些实施例中，当电子设备从展开形态转换到半折叠形态时，电子设备在可折叠显示屏的B区域302显示第一界面，，并在第一界面上显示临时任务关联的应用，并且使A区域301黑屏。第一界面可以为展开形态下B区域302显示的当前应用的运行界面。In some embodiments, when the electronic device transitions from the unfolded form to the half-folded form, the electronic device displays the first interface in area B 302 of the foldable display screen, and displays the temporary task-related application on the first interface, and Make the A area 301 black. The first interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed in area B 302 in the expanded form.
在该实施例中，使A区域301黑屏，B区域302继续显示当前应用的运行界面，从而可以继续保持当前应用继续处于运行状态，并且在进行临时任务时，避免A区域301上的信息的暴露以及节省能耗。In this embodiment, the A area 301 is blacked out, and the B area 302 continues to display the running interface of the current application, so that the current application can continue to be in a running state, and when a temporary task is performed, the information on the A area 301 is prevented from being exposed And save energy.
在一些实施例中，当A区域301和B区域302中任意一个处于黑屏时，处于黑屏状态的屏幕区域的触摸组件可以维持唤醒状态或监测触摸信号的状态，使得A区域301的触摸组件和B区域302的触摸组件可以联合判断电子设备是否转换到展开形态(例如，可以判断A区域301和B区域302是否同时分别接收两根条形物(例如左手大拇指和右手大拇指)的触摸，若是，则说明电子设备转到了展开形态)，进而使得可折叠显示屏300可继续显示当前应用的运行界面。In some embodiments, when any one of the A area 301 and the B area 302 is in a black screen, the touch components of the screen area in the black screen state can maintain the wake-up state or monitor the state of the touch signal, so that the touch components of the A area 301 and B The touch component of the area 302 can jointly determine whether the electronic device is converted to the expanded state (for example, it can be determined whether the A area 301 and the B area 302 respectively receive the touch of two bars (such as the left thumb and the right thumb) at the same time, if yes , It means that the electronic device has turned to the expanded state), so that the foldable display screen 300 can continue to display the running interface of the current application.
在一些实施例中，当A区域301和B区域302中任意一个处于黑屏时，处于黑屏状态的屏幕区域的触摸组件可以处于休眠状态，不再监测触摸信号。可通过角度传感器监测A区域301和B区域302之间的夹角的角度，来识别电子设备的形态。当角度传感器检测到电子设备从半折叠形态转换到展开形态时，电子设备可以点亮A区域301，使得可折叠显示屏300继续正常显示当前应用的运行界面。In some embodiments, when any one of the A area 301 and the B area 302 is in a black screen, the touch components of the screen area in the black screen state may be in a dormant state and no longer monitor touch signals. The angle of the included angle between the A area 301 and the B area 302 can be monitored by an angle sensor to identify the form of the electronic device. When the angle sensor detects that the electronic device is converted from the half-folded form to the unfolded form, the electronic device can light up the A area 301 so that the foldable display screen 300 continues to display the running interface of the current application normally.
在一些实施例中，当电子设备从展开形态转换到半折叠形态时，电子设备在可折叠显示屏的B区域302可以显示第一界面，A区域301可以显示第二界面。第一界面可以为在展开形态下B区域302显示的当前应用的运行界面。第二界面可以为在展开形态下A区域301显示的当前应用的运行界面，也可以为其他界面(例如屏保界面等)。在该实施例中，可以通过A区域301的触摸组件和B区域302的触摸组件可以联合判断电子设备是否转换到了展开形态，也可以通过角度传感器判断判断电子设备是否转换到了展开形态。In some embodiments, when the electronic device is converted from the unfolded form to the half-folded form, the electronic device may display the first interface in the B area 302 of the foldable display screen, and the A area 301 may display the second interface. The first interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed in area B 302 in the expanded state. The second interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed in area A 301 in the expanded form, or may be other interfaces (such as a screen saver interface, etc.). In this embodiment, the touch components in the A area 301 and the touch components in the B area 302 can be used to jointly determine whether the electronic device is converted to the expanded form, or the angle sensor can be used to determine whether the electronic device is converted to the expanded form.
在一些实施例中，当电子设备从展开形态转换到半折叠形态时，电子设备在可折叠显示屏的A区域301可以显示第一界面，B区域302可以显示第二界面。第一界面可以为在展开形态下A区域301显示的当前应用的运行界面。第二界面可以为在展开形态下B区域302显示的当前应用的运行界面，也可以为其他界面(例如屏保界面等)。在该实施例中，可以通过A区域301的触摸组件和B区域302的触摸组件可以 联合判断电子设备是否转换到了展开形态，也可以通过角度传感器判断判断电子设备是否转换到了展开形态。In some embodiments, when the electronic device is converted from the unfolded form to the half-folded form, the electronic device may display the first interface in the A area 301 of the foldable display screen, and the B area 302 may display the second interface. The first interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed in area A 301 in the expanded form. The second interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed in area B 302 in the expanded form, or may be other interfaces (such as a screen saver interface, etc.). In this embodiment, the touch components in the A area 301 and the touch components in the B area 302 can be used to jointly determine whether the electronic device is converted to the expanded form, or the angle sensor can be used to determine whether the electronic device is converted to the expanded form.
在一些实施例中，当电子设备从展开形态转换到半折叠形态时，电子设备在可折叠显示屏的A区域301显示第一界面，并在第一界面上显示临时任务关联的应用，以及使B区域302黑屏。第一界面可以为在展开形态下可折叠显示屏300显示的当前应用的运行界面。即第一界面为在展开形态下A区域301、B区域302、C区域303共同显示的界面。在该实施例中，电子设备可以根据A区域301的屏幕尺寸，调整可折叠显示屏300显示的当前应用的运行界面中的界面元素或者界面元素的排布方式，以适应A区域301的屏幕尺寸。然后将调整后的运行界面作为第一界面显示在A区域301上。调整运行界面中的界面元素或者界面元素的排布方式可以参考上文对步骤704的介绍，此处不再赘述。In some embodiments, when the electronic device transitions from the unfolded form to the half-folded form, the electronic device displays the first interface in area A 301 of the foldable display screen, and displays the temporary task-related application on the first interface, and makes B area 302 is black. The first interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed on the foldable display screen 300 in the expanded state. That is, the first interface is the interface displayed together in the A area 301, the B area 302, and the C area 303 in the expanded state. In this embodiment, the electronic device can adjust the interface elements in the running interface of the current application displayed on the foldable display 300 or the arrangement of the interface elements according to the screen size of the A area 301 to adapt to the screen size of the A area 301 . Then the adjusted operating interface is displayed on the A area 301 as the first interface. For adjusting the interface elements in the running interface or the arrangement of the interface elements, please refer to the introduction of step 704 above, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中，当电子设备从展开形态转换到半折叠形态时，电子设备在可折叠显示屏的B区域302显示第一界面，并在第一界面上显示临时任务关联的应用，以及使A区域301黑屏。第一界面可以为在展开形态下可折叠显示屏300显示的当前应用的运行界面。即第一界面为在展开形态下A区域301、B区域302、C区域303共同显示的界面。在该实施例中，电子设备可以根据B区域302的屏幕尺寸，调整可折叠显示屏300显示的当前应用的运行界面中的界面元素或者界面元素的排布方式，以适应B区域302的屏幕尺寸。然后将调整后的运行界面作为第一界面显示在B区域302上。调整运行界面中的界面元素或者界面元素的排布方式可以参考上文对步骤704的介绍，此处不再赘述。In some embodiments, when the electronic device is converted from the unfolded form to the half-folded form, the electronic device displays the first interface in area B 302 of the foldable display screen, and displays the temporary task-related application on the first interface, and makes Area A 301 is black. The first interface may be the running interface of the current application displayed on the foldable display screen 300 in the expanded state. That is, the first interface is the interface displayed together in the A area 301, the B area 302, and the C area 303 in the expanded state. In this embodiment, the electronic device can adjust the interface elements in the running interface of the current application displayed on the foldable display 300 or the arrangement of interface elements according to the screen size of the B area 302 to adapt to the screen size of the B area 302 . Then, the adjusted operating interface is displayed on the B area 302 as the first interface. For adjusting the interface elements in the running interface or the arrangement of the interface elements, please refer to the introduction of step 704 above, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中，电子设备在可折叠显示屏的A区域或B区域上显示临时任务关联的应用具体可以为，在可折叠显示屏的A区域或B区域上显示临时任务关联的页面。具体可以参考上文对图5中步骤504的介绍，在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the electronic device displaying the temporary task-associated application on the A or B area of the foldable display screen may be specifically displaying the temporary task-associated page on the A or B area of the foldable display screen. For details, reference may be made to the above description of step 504 in FIG.
在一些实施例中，电子设备在可折叠显示屏的A区域或B区域上显示临时任务关联的应用具体可以为，在可折叠显示屏的A区域或B区域上显示临时任务关联的图标。该图标可以为小图标，以及该图标可以在A区域或B区域一侧，具体可以参考上文对步骤704的介绍。In some embodiments, the electronic device displaying the temporary task-associated application on the A or B area of the foldable display screen may be specifically displaying the temporary task-associated icon on the A or B area of the foldable display screen. The icon may be a small icon, and the icon may be on the side of area A or area B. For details, please refer to the description of step 704 above.
在该实施例中，屏幕显示方法还可以包括：电子设备接收针对临时任务关联的应用的第一操作，所述第一操作用于指示电子设备显示临时任务关联的页面。In this embodiment, the screen display method may further include: the electronic device receives a first operation for the application associated with the temporary task, and the first operation is used to instruct the electronic device to display the page associated with the temporary task.
具体地，用户可以通过点击应用的图标(或小图标)，进入该应用的运行界面。在一个例子中，该应用的首页可以为临时任务关联的页面，则用户点击该应用的图标，即可使得电子设备在A区域301或B区域302显示临时任务关联的页面。在一个例子中，在进入该应用的运行界面后，用户再经过至少一步的操作，可使电子设备在A区域301或B区域302上显示临时任务关联的页面。Specifically, the user can enter the running interface of the application by clicking the icon (or small icon) of the application. In an example, the home page of the application may be a page associated with a temporary task, and the user clicks on the icon of the application to cause the electronic device to display the page associated with the temporary task in area A 301 or area B 302. In one example, after entering the running interface of the application, the user performs at least one step of operation to enable the electronic device to display the page associated with the temporary task on the A area 301 or the B area 302.
在一些实施例中，临时任务关联的页面等临时任务关联的应用的运行界面包括回退键。用户可以点击回退键，退出临时任务关联的应用的运行界面，以使A区域301或B区域302再次显示第一界面。当用户再次将电子设备恢复到展开信息形态时，可折叠显示屏300继续显示当前应用的运行界面，以使用户可继续观看或浏览当前应用的运行界面。In some embodiments, the running interface of an application associated with a temporary task, such as a page associated with a temporary task, includes a back button. The user can click the back button to exit the running interface of the application associated with the temporary task, so that the A area 301 or the B area 302 displays the first interface again. When the user restores the electronic device to the expanded information form again, the foldable display screen 300 continues to display the running interface of the current application, so that the user can continue to watch or browse the running interface of the current application.
通过本申请实施例提供的屏幕显示方法，可以在不退出当前应用的运行界面的情况下，在电子设备的折叠形态下，快速完成临时任务，便于用户操作，并且降低了用户隐私泄露的可能性。Through the screen display method provided by the embodiments of the present application, temporary tasks can be completed quickly in the folded form of the electronic device without exiting the running interface of the current application, which is convenient for user operations and reduces the possibility of user privacy leakage .
本申请实施例提供了一种屏幕显示方法，应用于配置有主屏和辅屏的电子设备，所述主屏和所述辅屏配置于所述电子设备的不同侧，所述主屏为可折叠显示屏。该电子设备可以参考上文对图2a、图2b所示的电子设备的介绍，在此不再赘述。The embodiment of the application provides a screen display method, which is applied to an electronic device configured with a main screen and an auxiliary screen, the main screen and the auxiliary screen are configured on different sides of the electronic device, and the main screen is a foldable display screen . For the electronic device, reference may be made to the above description of the electronic device shown in FIG. 2a and FIG. 2b, which will not be repeated here.
如图12所示，该方法包括如下步骤。As shown in Figure 12, the method includes the following steps.
步骤1200，所述电子设备在所述主屏上显示第一应用的运行界面，其中，所述主屏处于展开形态。In step 1200, the electronic device displays the running interface of the first application on the main screen, wherein the main screen is in an expanded form.
步骤1200具体可以参考上文对图5中步骤500a的介绍，也可以参考上文对图7中步骤700a的介绍，在此不再赘述。For details of step 1200, refer to the above description of step 500a in FIG. 5, or refer to the above description of step 700a in FIG. 7, which will not be repeated here.
步骤1200，当所述主屏从展开形态转换到半折叠形态时，所述电子设备在所述辅屏上显示第二应用。Step 1200: When the main screen is converted from the expanded form to the half-folded form, the electronic device displays a second application on the auxiliary screen.
步骤1200具体可以参考上文对图5中步骤504的介绍，在此不再赘述。For details of step 1200, reference may be made to the above description of step 504 in FIG. 5, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中，所述方法还包括：在所述电子设备在所述辅屏上显示所述第二应用的同时或之后，所述电子设备在所述主屏上显示所述第一应用的运行界面。In some embodiments, the method further includes: at the same time or after the electronic device displays the second application on the auxiliary screen, the electronic device displays the information of the first application on the main screen. Run the interface.
这些实施例具体可以参考上文对图5中步骤504的介绍，在此不再赘述。For these embodiments, reference may be made to the above description of step 504 in FIG. 5, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中，所述电子设备在所述辅屏上显示所述第二应用具体为：在所述辅屏上显示所述第二应用的图标。In some embodiments, displaying the second application on the auxiliary screen by the electronic device is specifically: displaying an icon of the second application on the auxiliary screen.
这些实施例具体可以参考上文对图5中步骤504的介绍，在此不再赘述。For these embodiments, reference may be made to the above description of step 504 in FIG. 5, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中，所述电子设备在所述辅屏上显示所述第一应用具体为：在所述辅屏上显示所述第二应用的运行界面。In some embodiments, displaying the first application on the auxiliary screen by the electronic device is specifically: displaying the running interface of the second application on the auxiliary screen.
这些实施例具体可以参考上文对图5中步骤504的介绍，在此不再赘述。For these embodiments, reference may be made to the above description of step 504 in FIG. 5, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中，所述主屏为触摸显示屏，且包括第一区域和第二区域；所述方法还包括：所述电子设备获取所述第一区域的第一触摸区域和所述第二区域的第二触摸区域；所述电子设备确定所述第一触摸区域和所述第二触摸区域是否对称，以确定所述主屏是否处于半折叠形态。In some embodiments, the main screen is a touch screen and includes a first area and a second area; the method further includes: the electronic device obtains the first touch area and the second area of the first area The second touch area of the area; the electronic device determines whether the first touch area and the second touch area are symmetrical to determine whether the main screen is in a half-folded form.
这些实施例具体可以参考上文对图5中步骤504的介绍，在此不再赘述。For these embodiments, reference may be made to the above description of step 504 in FIG. 5, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中，所述主屏包括第一区域和第二区域；所述方法还包括：所述电子设备获取所述第一区域和所述第二区域的夹角；所述电子设备根据所述第一区域和所述第二区域的夹角，确定所述主屏是否处于半折叠形态。In some embodiments, the main screen includes a first area and a second area; the method further includes: the electronic device obtains the angle between the first area and the second area; The included angle between the first area and the second area determines whether the main screen is in a half-folded form.
这些实施例具体可以参考上文对图5中步骤504的介绍，在此不再赘述。For these embodiments, reference may be made to the above description of step 504 in FIG. 5, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中，所述方法还包括：当所述主屏从展开形态转换到折叠形态时，所述电子设备在所述辅屏上显示所述第一应用的运行界面的关联界面，其中，所述关联界面包括第二应用。In some embodiments, the method further includes: when the main screen transitions from the expanded form to the folded form, the electronic device displays an associated interface of the running interface of the first application on the auxiliary screen, wherein, The associated interface includes a second application.
这些实施例具体可以参考上文对图7中步骤704的介绍，在此不再赘述。For these embodiments, reference may be made to the description of step 704 in FIG. 7 above, which is not repeated here.
在这些实施例的一个示例中，所述主屏包括第一区域和第二区域，其中，所述第一区域用于显示所述第一应用的运行界面的第一部分界面，所述第二区域用于显示所述第一应用的运行界面的第二部分界面；所述关联界面包括：所述第一部分界面的内 容，或者所述第二部分界面的内容。In an example of these embodiments, the main screen includes a first area and a second area, wherein the first area is used to display the first part of the interface of the running interface of the first application, and the second area is used for In displaying the second part of the interface of the running interface of the first application; the associated interface includes: the content of the first part of the interface or the content of the second part of the interface.
该示例具体可以参考上文对图7中步骤704的介绍，在此不再赘述。For this example, reference may be made to the description of step 704 in FIG. 7 above, which is not repeated here.
在一些实施例中，所述第二应用为临时任务关联的应用；所述方法还包括：所述电子设备确定临时任务；所述电子设备根据所述临时任务，确定所述第二应用。In some embodiments, the second application is an application associated with a temporary task; the method further includes: the electronic device determines the temporary task; and the electronic device determines the second application according to the temporary task.
这些实施例具体可以参考上文对图5中步骤500b、502的介绍，也可以参考上文对图7中步骤700b、702的介绍，在此不再赘述。For these embodiments, please refer to the above description of steps 500b and 502 in FIG. 5, or refer to the above description of steps 700b and 702 in FIG. 7, which will not be repeated here.
通过本申请实施例提供的屏幕显示方法，可以在不退出当前应用的运行界面的情况下，在电子设备的折叠形态下，快速完成临时任务，便于用户操作，并且降低了用户隐私泄露的可能性。Through the screen display method provided by the embodiments of the present application, temporary tasks can be completed quickly in the folded form of the electronic device without exiting the running interface of the current application, which is convenient for user operations and reduces the possibility of user privacy leakage .
本申请实施例提供了一种屏幕显示方法，应用于配置有可折叠显示屏的电子设备，所述可折叠显示屏包括第一区域和第二区域。该电子设备可以参考上文对图3a、图3b、图3c所示的电子设备的介绍，在此不再赘述。The embodiment of the present application provides a screen display method, which is applied to an electronic device equipped with a foldable display screen, and the foldable display screen includes a first area and a second area. For the electronic device, reference may be made to the above description of the electronic device shown in FIG. 3a, FIG. 3b, and FIG. 3c, which will not be repeated here.
如图13所示，该方法包括如下步骤。As shown in Figure 13, the method includes the following steps.
步骤1300，所述电子设备在所述可折叠显示屏上显示第一应用的运行界面，其中，所述可折叠显示屏处于展开形态。In step 1300, the electronic device displays the running interface of the first application on the foldable display screen, wherein the foldable display screen is in an unfolded form.
步骤1300具体可以参考上文对图9中步骤900a的介绍，也可以参考上文对图11中步骤1100a的介绍，在此不再赘述。For details of step 1300, refer to the description of step 900a in FIG. 9 above, or refer to the description of step 1100a in FIG. 11 above, which will not be repeated here.
步骤1302，当所述可折叠显示屏从展开形态转换到半折叠形态时，所述电子设备在所述第一区域上显示第二应用。Step 1302: When the foldable display screen is converted from the unfolded form to the half-folded form, the electronic device displays a second application on the first area.
步骤1302具体可以参考上文对图11中步骤1104的介绍，在此不再赘述。For details of step 1302, reference may be made to the above description of step 1104 in FIG. 11, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中，所述电子设备在所述第一区域上显示第二应用具体为：所述电子设备在所述第一区域显示所述第一应用的运行界面的关联界面，其中，所述关联界面包括所述第二应用。In some embodiments, the display of the second application on the first area by the electronic device is specifically: the electronic device displays an associated interface of the running interface of the first application in the first area, wherein The associated interface includes the second application.
这些实施例具体可以参考上文对图11中步骤1104的介绍，在此不再赘述。For these embodiments, reference may be made to the above description of step 1104 in FIG. 11, which is not repeated here.
在这些实施例的一个示例中，所述电子设备在所述可折叠显示屏上显示第一应用的运行界面包括：所述电子设备在所述第一区域上显示所述第一应用的运行界面的第一部分界面，在所述第二区域上显示所述第一应用的运行界面的第二部分界面；所述关联界面包括：所述第一部分界面的内容，或者所述第二部分界面的内容。In an example of these embodiments, the electronic device displaying the running interface of the first application on the foldable display screen includes: the electronic device displaying the running interface of the first application on the first area The first part of the interface, the second part of the interface of the running interface of the first application is displayed on the second area; the associated interface includes: the content of the first part of the interface, or the content of the second part of the interface .
该示例具体可以参考上文对图11中步骤1104的介绍，在此不再赘述。For this example, reference may be made to the above description of step 1104 in FIG. 11, which is not repeated here.
在一些实施例中，所述方法还包括：当所述可折叠显示屏从展开形态转换到折叠形态时，所述电子设备在所述第一区域上显示所述第一应用的运行界面的关联界面，其中，所述关联界面包括第二应用。In some embodiments, the method further includes: when the foldable display screen is converted from the expanded form to the folded form, the electronic device displays the association of the running interface of the first application on the first area Interface, wherein the associated interface includes a second application.
这些实施例具体可以参考上文对图9中步骤904的介绍，在此不再赘述。For these embodiments, reference may be made to the description of step 904 in FIG. 9 above, which is not repeated here.
在这些实施例的一个示例中，所述电子设备在所述可折叠显示屏上显示第一应用的运行界面包括：所述电子设备在所述第一区域上显示所述第一应用的运行界面的第一部分界面，在所述第二区域上显示所述第一应用的运行界面的第二部分界面；所述关联界面包括：所述第一部分界面的内容，或者所述第二部分界面的内容。In an example of these embodiments, the electronic device displaying the running interface of the first application on the foldable display screen includes: the electronic device displaying the running interface of the first application on the first area The first part of the interface, the second part of the interface of the running interface of the first application is displayed on the second area; the associated interface includes: the content of the first part of the interface, or the content of the second part of the interface .
该示例具体可以参考上文对图9中步骤904的介绍，在此不再赘述。For this example, reference may be made to the description of step 904 in FIG. 9 above, which is not repeated here.
在一些实施例中，所述第二应用为临时任务关联的应用；所述方法还包括：所述 电子设备确定临时任务；所述电子设备根据所述临时任务，确定所述第二应用。In some embodiments, the second application is an application associated with a temporary task; the method further includes: the electronic device determines the temporary task; and the electronic device determines the second application according to the temporary task.
这些实施例具体可以参考上文对图9中步骤900b、902的介绍，也可以参考上文对图11中步骤1100b、1102的介绍，在此不再赘述。For these embodiments, reference may be made to the above description of steps 900b and 902 in FIG. 9 or the above description of steps 1100b and 1102 in FIG. 11, which will not be repeated here.
通过本申请实施例提供的屏幕显示方法，可以在不退出当前应用的运行界面的情况下，在电子设备的折叠形态下，快速完成临时任务，便于用户操作，并且降低了用户隐私泄露的可能性。Through the screen display method provided by the embodiments of the present application, temporary tasks can be completed quickly in the folded form of the electronic device without exiting the running interface of the current application, which is convenient for user operations and reduces the possibility of user privacy leakage .
本申请实施例提供了一种电子设备，参阅图14，包括处理器1410、存储器1420、主屏1430、辅屏1440，所述主屏1430和所述辅屏1440配置于所述电子设备的不同侧，所述主屏1440为可折叠显示屏。An embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device. Referring to FIG. 14, it includes a processor 1410, a memory 1420, a main screen 1430, and an auxiliary screen 1440. The main screen 1430 and the auxiliary screen 1440 are configured on different sides of the electronic device. The main screen 1440 is a foldable display screen.
所述存储器1420用于存储计算机执行指令，当所述电子设备运行时，所述处理器1410执行所述存储器1420存储的所述计算机执行指令，以使所述电子设备执行图12所示的方法。其中，所述电子设备在所述主屏1430上显示第一应用的运行界面，其中，所述主屏1430处于展开形态；当所述主屏1430从展开形态转换到半折叠形态时，所述电子设备在所述辅屏1440上显示第二应用。The memory 1420 is used to store computer execution instructions. When the electronic device is running, the processor 1410 executes the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 1420, so that the electronic device executes the method shown in FIG. 12 . Wherein, the electronic device displays the running interface of the first application on the main screen 1430, wherein the main screen 1430 is in an expanded form; when the main screen 1430 is transformed from the expanded form to the half-folded form, the electronic device is The second application is displayed on the auxiliary screen 1440.
在一些实施例中，该终端还包括通信总线1450，其中，处理器1410可通过通信总线1450与存储器1420、主屏1430、辅屏1440连接。In some embodiments, the terminal further includes a communication bus 1450, wherein the processor 1410 can be connected to the memory 1420, the main screen 1430, and the auxiliary screen 1440 through the communication bus 1450.
本申请实施例的电子设备各个部件/器件的具体实施方式，可参照上文如图12所示的各方法实施例实现，此处不再赘述。The specific implementation manners of each component/device of the electronic device in the embodiment of the present application can be implemented with reference to the method embodiments shown in FIG. 12 above, and details are not described herein again.
由此，可以在不退出当前应用的运行界面的情况下，在电子设备的折叠形态下，快速完成临时任务，便于用户操作，并且降低了用户隐私泄露的可能性。As a result, temporary tasks can be quickly completed in the folded form of the electronic device without exiting the running interface of the current application, which is convenient for user operations and reduces the possibility of user privacy leakage.
本申请实施例提供了一种电子设备，参阅图15，包括处理器1510、存储器1520、可折叠1530，所述可折叠显示屏1530包括第一区域和第二区域。An embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device. Referring to FIG. 15, it includes a processor 1510, a memory 1520, and a foldable 1530. The foldable display screen 1530 includes a first area and a second area.
所述存储器1520用于存储计算机执行指令，当所述电子设备运行时，所述处理器1510执行所述存储器1520存储的所述计算机执行指令，以使所述电子设备执行图13所示的方法。其中，所述电子设备在所述可折叠显示屏1530上显示第一应用的运行界面，其中，所述可折叠显示屏1530处于展开形态；当所述可折叠显示屏1530从展开形态转换到半折叠形态时，所述电子设备在所述第一区域上显示第二应用。The memory 1520 is used to store computer execution instructions. When the electronic device is running, the processor 1510 executes the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 1520, so that the electronic device executes the method shown in FIG. 13 . Wherein, the electronic device displays the running interface of the first application on the foldable display screen 1530, wherein the foldable display screen 1530 is in the unfolded state; when the foldable display screen 1530 is converted from the unfolded state to half In the folded configuration, the electronic device displays a second application on the first area.
在一些实施例中，该终端还包括通信总线1540，其中，处理器1510可通过通信总线1540与存储器1520、可折叠显示屏1530连接。In some embodiments, the terminal further includes a communication bus 1540, wherein the processor 1510 can be connected to the memory 1520 and the foldable display 1530 through the communication bus 1540.
本申请实施例的电子设备各个部件/器件的具体实施方式，可参照上文如图13所示的各方法实施例实现，此处不再赘述。The specific implementation manners of the various components/devices of the electronic equipment in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented with reference to the foregoing method embodiments as shown in FIG. 13, and details are not described herein again.
由此，可以在不退出当前应用的运行界面的情况下，在电子设备的折叠形态下，快速完成临时任务，便于用户操作，并且降低了用户隐私泄露的可能性。As a result, temporary tasks can be quickly completed in the folded form of the electronic device without exiting the running interface of the current application, which is convenient for user operations and reduces the possibility of user privacy leakage.
可以理解的是，本申请的实施例中的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit，CPU)，还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件，硬件部件或者其任意组合。通用处理器可以是微处理器，也可以是任何常规的处理器。It is understandable that the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), or other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), and application specific integrated circuits. (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.
本申请的实施例中的方法步骤可以通过硬件的方式来实现，也可以由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成，软件模块可以被存放于随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)、闪存、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable rom，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、CD-ROM或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器，从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息，且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然，存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。The method steps in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by a processor executing software instructions. Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, which can be stored in random access memory (RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable rom) , PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM), register, hard disk, mobile hard disk, CD-ROM or well-known in the art Any other form of storage medium. An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor, so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and can write information to the storage medium. Of course, the storage medium may also be an integral part of the processor. The processor and the storage medium may be located in the ASIC.
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者通过所述计算机可读存储介质进行传输。所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质，(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk，SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted through the computer-readable storage medium. The computer instructions can be sent from one website site, computer, server, or data center to another website site via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) , Computer, server or data center for transmission. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
可以理解的是，在本申请的实施例中涉及的各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分，并不用来限制本申请的实施例的范围。It can be understood that the various numerical numbers involved in the embodiments of the present application are only for easy distinction for description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application.

Claims (19)

  1. 一种屏幕显示方法，其特征在于，应用于配置有主屏和辅屏的电子设备，所述主屏和所述辅屏配置于所述电子设备的不同侧，所述主屏为可折叠显示屏；所述方法包括：A screen display method, characterized in that it is applied to an electronic device configured with a main screen and an auxiliary screen, the main screen and the auxiliary screen are configured on different sides of the electronic device, and the main screen is a foldable display screen; The methods include:
    所述电子设备在所述主屏上显示第一应用的运行界面，其中，所述主屏处于展开形态；The electronic device displays the running interface of the first application on the main screen, wherein the main screen is in an expanded form;
    当所述主屏从展开形态转换到半折叠形态时，所述电子设备在所述辅屏上显示第二应用。When the main screen transitions from the expanded form to the half-folded form, the electronic device displays a second application on the auxiliary screen.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：在所述电子设备在所述辅屏上显示所述第二应用的同时或之后，所述电子设备在所述主屏上显示所述第一应用的运行界面。The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises: at the same time or after the electronic device displays the second application on the auxiliary screen, the electronic device is displayed on the main screen. The running interface of the first application is displayed.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述电子设备在所述辅屏上显示所述第二应用具体为：在所述辅屏上显示所述第二应用的图标。The method according to claim 1, wherein the electronic device displaying the second application on the auxiliary screen specifically comprises: displaying an icon of the second application on the auxiliary screen.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述电子设备在所述辅屏上显示所述第一应用具体为：在所述辅屏上显示所述第二应用的运行界面。The method according to claim 1, wherein the displaying of the first application on the auxiliary screen by the electronic device is specifically: displaying the running interface of the second application on the auxiliary screen.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述主屏为触摸显示屏，且包括第一区域和第二区域；所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 1, wherein the main screen is a touch display screen and includes a first area and a second area; the method further comprises:
    所述电子设备获取所述第一区域的第一触摸区域和所述第二区域的第二触摸区域；Acquiring, by the electronic device, a first touch area of the first area and a second touch area of the second area;
    所述电子设备确定所述第一触摸区域和所述第二触摸区域是否对称，以确定所述主屏是否处于半折叠形态。The electronic device determines whether the first touch area and the second touch area are symmetrical to determine whether the main screen is in a half-folded form.
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述主屏包括第一区域和第二区域；所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 1, wherein the main screen includes a first area and a second area; the method further comprises:
    所述电子设备获取所述第一区域和所述第二区域的夹角；Acquiring the angle between the first area and the second area by the electronic device;
    所述电子设备根据所述第一区域和所述第二区域的夹角，确定所述主屏是否处于半折叠形态。The electronic device determines whether the main screen is in a half-folded form according to the included angle between the first area and the second area.
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：当所述主屏从展开形态转换到折叠形态时，所述电子设备在所述辅屏上显示所述第一应用的运行界面的关联界面，其中，所述关联界面包括第二应用。The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises: when the main screen transitions from the expanded form to the folded form, the electronic device displays the running of the first application on the auxiliary screen The associated interface of the interface, wherein the associated interface includes a second application.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述主屏包括第一区域和第二区域，其中，所述第一区域用于显示所述第一应用的运行界面的第一部分界面，所述第二区域用于显示所述第一应用的运行界面的第二部分界面；The method according to claim 7, wherein the main screen includes a first area and a second area, wherein the first area is used to display a first part of the interface of the running interface of the first application, and The second area is used to display the second part of the interface of the running interface of the first application;
    所述关联界面包括：所述第一部分界面的内容，或者所述第二部分界面的内容。The associated interface includes: the content of the first part of the interface or the content of the second part of the interface.
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二应用为临时任务关联的应用；所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 1, wherein the second application is an application associated with a temporary task; the method further comprises:
    所述电子设备确定临时任务；The electronic device determines a temporary task;
    所述电子设备根据所述临时任务，确定所述第二应用。The electronic device determines the second application according to the temporary task.
  10. 一种屏幕显示方法，其特征在于，应用于配置有可折叠显示屏的电子设备，所述可折叠显示屏包括第一区域和第二区域；所述方法包括：A screen display method, characterized by being applied to an electronic device equipped with a foldable display screen, the foldable display screen including a first area and a second area; the method includes:
    所述电子设备在所述可折叠显示屏上显示第一应用的运行界面，其中，所述可折 叠显示屏处于展开形态；The electronic device displays the running interface of the first application on the foldable display screen, wherein the foldable display screen is in an expanded form;
    当所述可折叠显示屏从展开形态转换到半折叠形态时，所述电子设备在所述第一区域上显示第二应用。When the foldable display screen is converted from the unfolded form to the half-folded form, the electronic device displays a second application on the first area.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述电子设备在所述第一区域上显示第二应用具体为：所述电子设备在所述第一区域显示所述第一应用的运行界面的关联界面，其中，所述关联界面包括所述第二应用。The method according to claim 10, wherein the electronic device displaying the second application on the first area is specifically: the electronic device displaying the running interface of the first application in the first area The association interface of, wherein the association interface includes the second application.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述电子设备在所述可折叠显示屏上显示第一应用的运行界面包括：所述电子设备在所述第一区域上显示所述第一应用的运行界面的第一部分界面，在所述第二区域上显示所述第一应用的运行界面的第二部分界面；The method according to claim 11, wherein the electronic device displaying the running interface of the first application on the foldable display screen comprises: the electronic device displaying the first application on the first area The first part of the interface of the running interface of the application, displaying the second part of the interface of the running interface of the first application on the second area;
    所述关联界面包括：所述第一部分界面的内容，或者所述第二部分界面的内容。The associated interface includes: the content of the first part of the interface or the content of the second part of the interface.
  13. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：当所述可折叠显示屏从展开形态转换到折叠形态时，所述电子设备在所述第一区域上显示所述第一应用的运行界面的关联界面，其中，所述关联界面包括第二应用。The method according to claim 10, wherein the method further comprises: when the foldable display screen is transformed from the unfolded form to the folded form, the electronic device displays the first area on the An associated interface of an application running interface, wherein the associated interface includes a second application.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述电子设备在所述可折叠显示屏上显示第一应用的运行界面包括：所述电子设备在所述第一区域上显示所述第一应用的运行界面的第一部分界面，在所述第二区域上显示所述第一应用的运行界面的第二部分界面；The method according to claim 13, wherein the electronic device displaying the running interface of the first application on the foldable display screen comprises: the electronic device displaying the first application on the first area The first part of the interface of the running interface of the application, displaying the second part of the interface of the running interface of the first application on the second area;
    所述关联界面包括：所述第一部分界面的内容，或者所述第二部分界面的内容。The associated interface includes: the content of the first part of the interface or the content of the second part of the interface.
  15. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二应用为临时任务关联的应用；所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 10, wherein the second application is an application associated with a temporary task; the method further comprises:
    所述电子设备确定临时任务；The electronic device determines a temporary task;
    所述电子设备根据所述临时任务，确定所述第二应用。The electronic device determines the second application according to the temporary task.
  16. 一种电子设备，其特征在于，包括处理器、存储器、主屏、辅屏，所述主屏和所述辅屏配置于所述电子设备的不同侧，所述主屏为可折叠显示屏；An electronic device, characterized by comprising a processor, a memory, a main screen, and an auxiliary screen, the main screen and the auxiliary screen are configured on different sides of the electronic device, and the main screen is a foldable display screen;
    所述存储器用于存储计算机执行指令，当所述电子设备运行时，所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述计算机执行指令，以使所述电子设备执行权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法。The memory is used to store computer-executable instructions. When the electronic device is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the electronic device executes any one of claims 1-9 The method described.
  17. 一种电子设备，其特征在于，包括处理器、存储器、可折叠显示屏，所述可折叠显示屏包括第一区域和第二区域；An electronic device, characterized by comprising a processor, a memory, and a foldable display screen, the foldable display screen comprising a first area and a second area;
    所述存储器用于存储计算机执行指令，当所述电子设备运行时，所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述计算机执行指令，以使所述电子设备执行权利要求10-15任一项所述的方法。The memory is configured to store computer-executable instructions, and when the electronic device is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the electronic device executes any one of claims 10-15 The method described.
  18. 一种计算机存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机存储介质包括计算机指令，当所述计算机指令在电子设备上运行时，使得所述电子设备执行权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法或权利要求10-15任一项所述的方法。A computer storage medium, wherein the computer storage medium includes computer instructions, and when the computer instructions run on an electronic device, the electronic device executes the method or the method according to any one of claims 1-9. The method of any one of claims 10-15.
  19. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，所述计算机程序产品包含的程序代码被电子设备中的处理器执行时，实现权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法或权利要求10-15任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that, when the program code contained in the computer program product is executed by a processor in an electronic device, the method according to any one of claims 1-9 or any one of claims 10-15 is implemented The method described in the item.
PCT/CN2020/102794 2019-08-01 2020-07-17 Screen display method and electronic device WO2021017901A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910706806.5A CN110543287B (en) 2019-08-01 2019-08-01 Screen display method and electronic equipment
CN201910706806.5 2019-08-01

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021017901A1 true WO2021017901A1 (en) 2021-02-04

Family

ID=68710042

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/102794 WO2021017901A1 (en) 2019-08-01 2020-07-17 Screen display method and electronic device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (2) CN117632067A (en)
WO (1) WO2021017901A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114911394A (en) * 2022-05-26 2022-08-16 青岛海信移动通信技术股份有限公司 Terminal device and one-hand operation method

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN117632067A (en) * 2019-08-01 2024-03-01 华为技术有限公司 Screen display method and electronic equipment
CN111263005B (en) * 2020-01-21 2021-09-14 华为技术有限公司 Display method and related device of folding screen
CN111309209B (en) * 2020-02-06 2021-08-31 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for quickly opening application or application function and terminal equipment
CN111599273B (en) * 2020-05-21 2022-06-03 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Display screen control method and device, terminal equipment and storage medium
CN111600998A (en) * 2020-05-21 2020-08-28 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Display screen control method and device, terminal equipment and storage medium
CN111756895B (en) * 2020-06-01 2021-04-30 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Electronic device
CN113923296B (en) * 2020-06-24 2024-04-02 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Interface display method, device and computer readable storage medium
CN114173165B (en) * 2020-08-19 2023-02-14 华为技术有限公司 Display method and electronic equipment
CN112328008B (en) * 2020-11-12 2023-08-11 维沃移动通信有限公司 Display screen control method and device and electronic equipment
CN115334193B (en) * 2021-05-28 2023-10-31 荣耀终端有限公司 Notification display method and device based on situation

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102754067A (en) * 2010-02-12 2012-10-24 三星电子株式会社 Data operation method for terminal including three-piece display units and terminal supporting the same
WO2016056703A1 (en) * 2014-10-06 2016-04-14 Lg Electronics Inc. Portable device and method of controlling therefor
CN105980976A (en) * 2014-02-06 2016-09-28 三星电子株式会社 Electronic device and method for controlling displays
CN107678724A (en) * 2017-10-19 2018-02-09 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 A kind of method for information display, device, mobile terminal and storage medium
CN107977181A (en) * 2017-11-30 2018-05-01 努比亚技术有限公司 A kind of screen display method based on dual-screen mobile terminal, terminal and medium
CN110543287A (en) * 2019-08-01 2019-12-06 华为技术有限公司 Screen display method and electronic equipment
CN111263005A (en) * 2020-01-21 2020-06-09 华为技术有限公司 Display method and related device of folding screen

Family Cites Families (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9354742B2 (en) * 2013-04-10 2016-05-31 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd Foldable electronic device and method of managing visible regions thereof
KR102406091B1 (en) * 2015-04-01 2022-06-10 삼성전자주식회사 Electronic device
CN105224273B (en) * 2015-09-25 2018-08-31 联想(北京)有限公司 Display processing method, display processing unit and electronic equipment
CN106558278B (en) * 2015-09-30 2022-05-31 联想(北京)有限公司 Flexible display electronic equipment
US20180284844A1 (en) * 2017-04-04 2018-10-04 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Foldable display device with interactable user interface surface on the external shell
CN107870716B (en) * 2017-11-07 2020-12-29 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Method and device for calling background application program
CN107765959B (en) * 2017-11-07 2020-06-30 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Background application program display method and terminal
CN108319338B (en) * 2018-01-31 2022-06-14 努比亚技术有限公司 Display screen determining method, mobile terminal and computer readable storage medium
CN109857289B (en) * 2018-12-24 2021-01-08 维沃移动通信有限公司 Display control method and terminal equipment
CN109947508B (en) * 2019-03-07 2023-02-17 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Split screen display method and device, electronic equipment and computer readable storage medium
CN109917999A (en) * 2019-03-11 2019-06-21 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Display methods, device, mobile terminal and storage medium
CN109918165B (en) * 2019-03-12 2022-07-01 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Interface display method, device and storage medium
CN110062107A (en) * 2019-03-29 2019-07-26 东莞市步步高通信软件有限公司 A kind of content display method and terminal device

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102754067A (en) * 2010-02-12 2012-10-24 三星电子株式会社 Data operation method for terminal including three-piece display units and terminal supporting the same
CN105980976A (en) * 2014-02-06 2016-09-28 三星电子株式会社 Electronic device and method for controlling displays
WO2016056703A1 (en) * 2014-10-06 2016-04-14 Lg Electronics Inc. Portable device and method of controlling therefor
CN107678724A (en) * 2017-10-19 2018-02-09 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 A kind of method for information display, device, mobile terminal and storage medium
CN107977181A (en) * 2017-11-30 2018-05-01 努比亚技术有限公司 A kind of screen display method based on dual-screen mobile terminal, terminal and medium
CN110543287A (en) * 2019-08-01 2019-12-06 华为技术有限公司 Screen display method and electronic equipment
CN111263005A (en) * 2020-01-21 2020-06-09 华为技术有限公司 Display method and related device of folding screen

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114911394A (en) * 2022-05-26 2022-08-16 青岛海信移动通信技术股份有限公司 Terminal device and one-hand operation method
CN114911394B (en) * 2022-05-26 2024-06-07 青岛海信移动通信技术有限公司 Terminal equipment and one-hand operation method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN110543287B (en) 2023-07-18
CN110543287A (en) 2019-12-06
CN117632067A (en) 2024-03-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021017901A1 (en) Screen display method and electronic device
KR102470275B1 (en) Voice control method and electronic device
WO2021013158A1 (en) Display method and related apparatus
WO2021017889A1 (en) Display method of video call appliced to electronic device and related apparatus
WO2021129326A1 (en) Screen display method and electronic device
WO2020182065A1 (en) Shortcut function activation method and electronic device
WO2021103981A1 (en) Split-screen display processing method and apparatus, and electronic device
WO2021213164A1 (en) Application interface interaction method, electronic device, and computer readable storage medium
WO2020143408A1 (en) Display method and related apparatus
WO2020000448A1 (en) Flexible screen display method and terminal
WO2020134869A1 (en) Electronic device operating method and electronic device
WO2020253758A1 (en) User interface layout method and electronic device
WO2021036770A1 (en) Split-screen processing method and terminal device
WO2021063237A1 (en) Control method for electronic device, and electronic device
WO2021082835A1 (en) Method for activating function and electronic device
EP3964932A1 (en) Learning-based keyword search method, and electronic device
WO2021078032A1 (en) User interface display method and electronic device
WO2021218429A1 (en) Method for managing application window, and terminal device and computer-readable storage medium
WO2020215995A1 (en) Electronic payment method and electronic device
CN113805797B (en) Processing method of network resource, electronic equipment and computer readable storage medium
US11995317B2 (en) Method and apparatus for adjusting memory configuration parameter
WO2020107463A1 (en) Electronic device control method and electronic device
WO2021082815A1 (en) Display element display method and electronic device
WO2021249281A1 (en) Interaction method for electronic device, and electronic device
WO2020233593A1 (en) Method for displaying foreground element, and electronic device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20848338

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20848338

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1